Round regs · 2003

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama BOB JANE T–MARTS 1000 - BATHURST CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/1210/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR THE KONICA V8 SUPERCAR CHALLENGE CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The Meeting will be known as “The Bob Jane T-Marts 1000”and will be held at Mount Panorama, Bathurst, Australia on 8 – 12 October 2003; and the Race on Saturday 11 October for Konica V8 Supercars will be known as “The Konica V8 Supercar Challenge”.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS not in conflict with the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules, the AVESCO Operation Manual Rules (“the Rules”), Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins which may be issued. 1.2.2 The Konica V8 Supercar Challenge will be a National event. 1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF

1.3.1 Promoter: IMG P.O.Box 3007, Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6888. Facsimile: (07) 5588 6895 1.3.2 Organiser: IMG P.O.Box 3007, Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6888. Facsimile: (07) 5588 6895 1.3.3 Organising Committee: J. O’Brien, J.Shannon, S. Preece & D. Kidd 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Garth Wigston, Peter Svensson & Steve O’Connor 1.3.5 Konica V8 Supercar Race Director: Steve Preece 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor

1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 Konica V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.9 Konica V8 Supercar Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: David Kidd 1.3.11 Clerk of Course: Michael Hancock 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: David Miller & Keith Nicholls (2) Finish: Lisa Drayton & Sid Herold (3) Pit Lane Speed: Doug Reid, Leslie Mathews (4) Noise: to be advised by a Bulletin (5) Pit lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Ray Robins

& Tony Milton 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 6.213 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: Konica V8 Supercars – 55. Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located outside the Secretary of the Meeting’s Office. 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located on the first floor of the Race Control Building. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the

Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2The Konica V8 Supercar Challenge is open to: 1.5.2.1 all Competitors who have competed in any Round of the 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series; 1.5.2.2 any Car which has failed to qualify for the V8 Supercar 1000 kilometre Race, subject to any such Car starting from the rear of the grid for the Konica V8 Supercar Challenge in an order determined by the Stewards; and 1.5.2.3 any Competitor invited by AVESCO.

1.5.2.4 Changes to the nominated Driver and confirmation of any late entries pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 1.5.2, are permitted up to 18:00 Friday 11 October, subject to the approval of the AVESCO Operations Manager. 1.5.2.5 The Secretary of the Meeting must be advised of any changes to the nominated Driver or confirmation of any late entries. 1.5.2.6 No changes or additions to entries may be made after 18:00 Friday 10 October unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series

Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR CHALLENGE 1.6.1The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2There will be one (1) Race of twenty five (25) laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 PROGRAM The Meeting program may be varied or altered at the Promoter’s discretion to ensure the V8 Supercar Championship Series content stays on schedule; while the Promoters do not reasonably anticipate any problems, it may be necessary to vary the Meeting program at

any time. In the event of any such change, Competitors will be notified as soon as possible and the Organisers will take all reasonable steps to maintain the involvement of Competitors as an important part of the Meeting. 1.8 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.9 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT & PADDOCK 1.9.1Teams are not permitted to attempt access to the paddock area before 0900

Monday 6 October and Team vehicles will not be permitted to park up before 1030 on Tuesday 7 October. 1.9.2Access to the paddock area is by: 1.9.2.1 If the track is open: passing through the admission entry gates and along the pit straight and left into the paddock via the mountain straight gate. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 1.9.2.2 If the track is closed: passing through the admission entry gates and left onto the road which passes through the Caltex Chase tunnel and into the paddock

area. NOTE: The tunnel is 3.1 metres high x 2.7 metres wide. 1.10 PADDOCK HOECKER ALLOCATION Allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D 2, which will be administered by the KOM . 1.11 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.11.1 The Konica V8 Supercar Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers only with a special sticker, supplied by AVESCO, for this meeting only. 1.11.2 Where any Team has accepted one (1) or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES

ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.11.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the KOM. 1.11.4 Vehicle passes will be distributed to Team truck drivers by the KOM, and passes may be left by Teams at the Event Accreditation Office: 1.11.4.1 which is located in the Forestry Commission car park in Panorama Drive before the entrance gates; and 1.11.4.2 which will be open at the following times: Monday 6 & Tuesday 7 October:

0700 – 1900 Wednesday 8 – Saturday 11 October: 0600 – 1900 Sunday 12 October: 0600 – 1030 1.11.5 Each Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Support Paddock Car pass; and 3 x Team Car passes for the VIP car park at Harris Park. 1.11.6 Any vehicle not displaying the relevant pass will be towed away and will incur monetary penalties for recovery. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place on Wednesday 8 October at 1000 at the Dunlop facility located in the V8 Supercar Paddock.

CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change or add any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be between 1000 and 1600 on Wednesday 8 October at the AVESCO transporter. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Wednesday 8 October and will be carried out at each Competitor’s assigned paddock area. 2.2 BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on

Wednesday 8 October in the Drivers’ Meeting Room, which is located across the main paddock access road from the AVESCO transporter. This will be a combined briefing for Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama all Teams competing in the Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 or the Konica V8 Supercar Challenge. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1700 on Friday 10 October in the Drivers’ Meeting Room. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the

relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Subject to Supplementary Regulation 1.5.2, there will be one Qualifying session of forty (40) minutes for Competitors in the Konica V8 Supercar Challenge. 2.3.2 Any driver whose best lap, in a practice or qualifying session, exceeds 115% of the fastest Konica V8 Supercar Challenge qualifying time will not be permitted to start unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies.

2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS Subject to Supplementary Regulation 1.5.2, grid positions will be determined by the fastest time achieved by each driver in the Qualifying session. 2.5 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 19.2 (located on driver’s right on “Conrod Straight”): the Black Flag, the Black Flag with Orange Disc and the Black and White Diagonal Flag. 2.6 PIT BAY BOOMS

2.6.1 Teams are not permitted to use Pit Lane booms during Konica V8 Supercar Challenge practice, qualifying, warm up sessions or Race. 2.6.2 For this Meeting Rule D2 will not apply to Pit Lane order and Teams will be allocated Pit Bays by the KOM. 2.6.3 Service Vehicles will remain in Pit Lane for all Konica V8 Supercar Challenge sessions. 2.7 SAFETY CAR Rule D 10.6.2 is specifically excluded from the Konica V8 Supercar Challenge; and each lap while a Safety Car is deployed will be counted as a Race lap.

2.8 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.8.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Boards are being displayed. 2.8.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.9 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, the official sports drink or “unbranded” bottled water, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 2.10 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Wednesday 8 October. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1. 2.11 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. 2.12 YELLOW FLASHING LIGHTS The yellow flashing lights located at Turn 10 (McPhillamy Park) and Turn 11 (Skyline) are

a warning that there is a yellow flag sector ahead between Turn 10 (McPhillamy Park) and Turn 18 (Forrest Elbow). These lights are for information purposes only and DO NOT have any regulatory purpose. 2.13 PIT LANE ENTRY AND EXIT 2.13.1 No part of the car shall touch the solid white and yellow line or yellow floppies that delineate the pit lane entry from the track. In such case penalties may be imposed. 2.13.2 No part of the car shall touch the yellow floppies that delineate the pit lane exit

from the track. In such case penalties may be imposed. 2.13.3 The Judges of Fact for Pit Lane entry and exit will be advised by bulletin. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Friday 10 October – (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Saturday 11 October – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 WASTE PRODUCTS 4.1.1 All personnel must be made aware of the fact that NO waste of any nature may be

tipped into the storm water drains located within the support compound. 4.1.2 All storm water drains lead directly to the Macquarie River and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) will be monitoring the situation in the lead up and through out the Event. 4.1.3 This ban includes the washing of any wheel rims within the vicinity of storm water drains. 4.1.4 Competitors are advised that the EPA are taking an extremely proactive approach to this matter and Teams are put on notice that any infringement of this directive

will result in action being taken by either the Promoter or the EPA or both; the EPA has the ability to prosecute offenders with heavy penalties. 4.1.5 The Promoter has provided an area for the disposal of waste oil and/or fluid products near the old BP fuel tankers. This is not for the disposal of used car parts (i.e oil filters etc). 4.2 PADDOCK SPEED LIMIT A speed limit of 10 kmh applies to all vehicle movements in and around the paddock. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama

CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Tuesday 7 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 1000 Team Transporter Parade 1030 Team park up commences under the direction of the AOM 5.2 Wednesday 8 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 1000 1600 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar 6 hours Document Check 1000 1600 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar Tyre Selection 1700 BJTM 1000 Organisers Meeting 1600 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar

Team Managers’ Briefing 1700 1900 BJTM 1000 2 hours Autograph Session Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 5.3 Thursday 9 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0815 0835 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0850 0920 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0935 0955 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1010 1045 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1100 1200 BJTM 1000 60 minutes

Practice 1 15 minutes 1215 1235 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1245 1315 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 15 minutes 1250 1350 Resident Access 60 minutes 15 minutes 1405 1415 Entertainment Session 10 minutes 5 minutes 1420 1520 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Practice 2 After Practice BJTM 1000 Media Conference Top 5 Driver pairings 15 minutes 1535 1555 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1605 1620 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 1615 1645 BJTM 1000 30 minutes

Autograph Session 5 minutes 1625 1645 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1705 1725 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 1 Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 5.4 Friday 10 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0800 0835 Konica V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 0850 0910 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 0920 0940 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 5 minutes 0945 1045 BJTM 1000 60 minutes

Practice 3 20 minutes 1105 1125 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1140 1240 Resident Access 60 minutes 1145 1215 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 1145 1215 Public Pit Walks 40 minutes 40 minutes 1255 1340 BJTM 1000 45 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%) 10 minutes 1350 1435 BJTM 1000 45 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying BJTM 1000 Media Conference Top 5 Driver pairings 5 minutes 1440 1500 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 15 minutes 1515 1555 Konica V8 Supercar

40 minutes Qualifying After Qualifying Konica V8 Supercar Media Conference Top 5 1530 1600 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 20 minutes 1615 1635 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Race 1 20 minutes 1655 1715 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 2 1700 Konica V8 Supercar Drivers and Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 9 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 5.5 Saturday 11 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0745 0805 VB V8 Challenge 20 minutes

10 minutes 0815 0835 Konica V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm Up 0830 0900 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 0835 0855 Air Display 15 minutes 0855 0915 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 3 20 minutes 0935 0955 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Race 2 0955 1015 Air Display 1015 1115 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Practice 4 10 minutes 1125 1140 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 15 minutes 1155 1255 Resident Access 60 minutes 1200 BJTM 1000 Refuelling Safety Briefing 1230 1300 BJTM 1000 60 minutes

Autograph Session 1205 1245 Public Pit Walks 40 minutes 25 minutes 1310 1330 Air Display 20 minutes 1330 Konica V8 Supercars Race 25 laps Race After Race Konica V8 Supercars Podium Top 3 After Podium Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference Top 3 1430 1500 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 10 minutes 1445 1500 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 15 minutes 1515 1535 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 1535 1555 Air Display 20 minutes 1555 1640 BJTM 1000 45 minutes Top 10 Shoot Out After

Shoot Out BJTM 1000 Media Conference Top 5 Driver pairings 10 minutes 1650 1715 Safety Car Rides 25 minutes 1650 1715 Air Display 25 minutes 1730 BJTM 1000 Competitors and Drivers’ Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 10 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 5.6 Sunday 12 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0715 0735 BJTM 1000 Warm-Up 20 minutes Warm Up 0735 0750 Air Display 15 minutes 0750 0810 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 0820 0945

Pre-race Activities including VB Challenge and Drivers Parade* 85 minutes 0930 Pit Lane Opens 0945 Pit Exit Closed 1000 1645 BJTM 1000 161 laps Race Race end BJTM 1000 Podium Presentation 30 minutes Top 3 Driver pairings After Podium BJTM 1000 Post Race Media Conference Top 3 Driver pairings * Exact time for VB Challenge and Drivers parade to be advised in further instructions. David Kidd Secretary of the Meeting

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO 2003 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 2 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2303/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the “Clipsal 500 Adelaide” (hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”) which will also comprise Round 2 of the 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series, and will be held on the Adelaide Parklands 2 Circuit on 19 - 23, March 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: The South Australian Motor Sports Board, a body established pursuant to the (South Australian) Motor Sport Act 1984. P.O. Box V8, Kent Town, South Australia, 5000 Telephone: (08) 8212 8500, Facsimile: (08) 8212 6700 1.3.2 Organiser: The South Australian Motor Sports Board. 1.3.3 Organising Committee: M Brock, A Daniels, M Drewer, J Mattner, C. Smerdon, P. Hoffmann 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson &

Steve O’Connor 1.3.5 Konica V8 Supercar Race Director: Steve Preece 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 Konica V8 Supercar Series Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.9 Konica V8 Supercar Series Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Jack Holding 1.3.11 Clerk of Course Lawrie Schmitt 1.3.12 Deputy Clerk of Course: Chris Green 1.3.13 Asst. Clerk of Course(s): Don Sims, Henk Duncan, Rob Mead

1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Lawrie Schmitt, Chris Green, Henk Duncan (2) Finish: Barry Frost, Chris Green (3) Pit Lane Speed: Leslie Mathews, Greg Butler, Ken Benham, Shane Dwyer, Margaret Hall, Andrea Sanders, Elsje Cole (4) Noise: Reg Marrat, David Bunker V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO (5) Pit Lane Penalties: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow & Tony Milton 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length:

3.22 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3Track density: Konica V8 Supercars – 40 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 V8 Supercar competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. Entries will close as per the date on the tyre order form. 1.5.2No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Tuesday 18 March 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a

change after that date. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR EVENTS 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules 1.6.2 There will be 1 Race of 40 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher. All Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit on Wednesday 19 March from 0800 to set up in

the paddock area. 1.9 PADDOCK ALLOCATION Paddock spaces will be allocated pursuant to Rule D2, which will be administered by the Konica V8 Supercar Series Operations Manager (KOM). 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the

holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3The completed forms must be handed in to the KOM. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x SAJC Paddock Car pass; and 2 x SAJC Fullarton Rd Car passes. 1.11 OFFICIAL NOTICE BOARD Located at the Assistant Secretary’s Office in the Konica V8 Supercar paddock V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide

© AVESCO 1.12 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the KOM. 1.13 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 10:00 on Wednesday 19 March at the Dunlop facility located in the V8 Supercar paddock area. 1.14 MEETING RIDES 1.14.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of such intention. 1.14.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in

Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.14.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 19:00 and 19:30 on Thursday 20 March. 1.14.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7) CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will commence at 10:00 on Wednesday 19 March at the AVESCO Office, located in the Konica V8 Supercar Paddock, for those attending their first round of the series for the year.

2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Wednesday 19 March and will be carried out at each Competitors assigned paddock area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 16:00 on Wednesday March 19th in the Park Lounge Bar located in the SAJC Complex, adjacent to the Fullarton Road and Eastern Side of track. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 18:00 on Thursday 20 March in the Park Lounge Bar located in the SAJC Complex.

Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in

any race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1Grid positions for the Race will, subject to Rule D 5, be determined by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO 2.11 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be

displayed from turn 10, out of Wakefield Road: the Black Flag, the Black Flag with Orange Disc and the Black and White Diagonal Flag. 2.12 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.12.1 Competitors in the Konica V8 Supercar Series will not be permitted to use pit booms at any time during this meeting. 2.12.2 Teams are permitted to leave their service vehicles in Pit Lane during the Practice and Qualifying sessions only. 2.12.3 The Warm Up and Race Pit Lane procedure will be detailed in Further Regulations.

2.13 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.13.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed at the flag point for Turn 13 flag point. 2.13.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.14 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by

the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Thursday 20 March – (top 3) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Friday 21 March – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 CARE FOR PARKLANDS Competitors must be aware that the Adelaide Parklands are a valuable asset to the host

community, so all Teams are required to treat the areas available within the Parklands with respect and discretion to minimize any adverse environmental impact. CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 WEDNESDAY 19 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Checking 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 Konica V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1500 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 Konica V8 Supercars

Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO 5.2 THURSDAY 20 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0845 Group N Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0900 0920 Australian Production Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 20 minutes 0940 1015 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Practice 1 20 minutes 1035 1055 GT Performance 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1110 1125 Saloon Cars Australia

20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1140 1200 Nations Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1215 1230 Group N Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1250 1325 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 20 minutes 1345 1405 V8 BRutes 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1420 1440 Saloon Cars Australia 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1455 1515 Formula 3 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1530 1550 Australian Production Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 20 minutes 1610 1630 Konica V8 Supercars

20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying 10 minutes 1640 1700 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying 20 minutes 1720 1740 V8 Brutes 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1755 1810 Saloon Cars Australia 8 laps Race 1 1800 Konica V8 Supercars Drivers Briefing 15 minutes 1825 1840 Group N Historic Touring Cars 7 laps Race 1 20 minutes 1900 1930 Konica V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide

© AVESCO 5.3 FRIDAY 21 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0850 Australian Production Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 0905 0925 GT Performance 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 0940 1015 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1030 1050 V8 BRutes 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1105 1125 Formula 3 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1140 1215 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1230 1250 Nations Cup 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1305 1325 GT Performance

20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1340 1400 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying 5 minutes 1405 1425 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying 1425 1430 Network Ten On-Track Activity 15 minutes 1445 1505 Formula 3 20 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1525 1545 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm-up 20 minutes 1605 1635 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Top 10 Shootout 15 minutes 1650 1705 Australian Production Cars 15 minutes Race 1 – 8 laps 15 minutes 1720 1750 V8 Supercars 30 minutes

Meeting Rides 40 minutes 1830 Konica V8 Supercars 40 laps Race Race End Konica V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO 5.4 SATURDAY 22 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0850 Nations Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 0905 0925 Formula 3 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 0935 0950 Farmers Union Iced Coffee

Kart Challenge 15 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1000 1015 GT Performance 9 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1030 1045 V8 BRutes 8 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1055 1110 Farmers Union Iced Coffee Kart Challenge 3 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1120 1140 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm-up 15 minutes 1155 1215 Nations Cup 12 laps Race 1 1225 1245 VB Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 1255 1315 Formula 3 12 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars Pit exit open 1345 V8 Supercars Pit exit closed 1400 CLIPSAL 500 ADELAIDE

78 laps Leg 1 Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After podium V8 Supercars Media conference 15 minutes 1630 1645 V8 BRutes 7 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1700 1715 Australian Production Cars 8 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1730 1745 GT Performance 9 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1800 1815 Saloon Cars Australia 8 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1830 1910 Nations Cup 30 laps Race 2 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO 5.5 SUNDAY 23 MARCH

Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0845 GT Performance 9 laps Race 3 15 minutes 0900 0915 Farmers Union Iced Coffee Kart Challenge 3 laps Race 2 15 minutes 0930 0950 Formula 3 12 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1005 1025 Nations Cup 12 laps Race 3 15 minutes 1040 1100 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm-up 10 minutes 1110 1115 CAMS 50th Anniversary Parade 5 minutes 1115 1120 Clipsal Adelaide Rally Parade 5 minutes 1120 1135 Ford Demonstration 15 minutes 5 minutes 1140 1155 CLIPSAL 500 ADELAIDE

15 minutes Drivers Parade 10 minutes 1205 1220 Group N Historic Touring Cars 7 laps Race 2 5 minutes 1225 1245 VB Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 1255 1310 V8 BRutes 7 laps Race 3 20 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars Pit exit open 1345 V8 Supercars Pit exit closed 1350 National Anthem 1400 V8 Supercars 78 laps Leg 2 Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After podium V8 Supercars Media conference Jack Holding. Secretary of the Meeting.

V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO 2003 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 2 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2303/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS 1 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.1 Supplementary Regulation 1.8 is deleted and replaced with the following: 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit on Wednesday 19 March from 0730 to set up in the Konica V8 Supercar Paddock 1.8.2 The order in which Team transporters will park-up will be notified to

Teams under separate cover 1.2 Access to the Konica V8 Supercar paddock is via Gate 9 on Fullarton Road. 2 VEHICLE PASSES 2.1 Vehicle passes will be issued to Team transporter operators on Wednesday 19 March. 2.2 Access to the Konica V8 Supercar Team parking is via Gate 10 on Fullarton Road. 3 PIT LANE ORDER For Konica V8 Supercars, at this Meeting only, Rule D2 is deleted. Pit Lane order will be determined by the KOM. 4 PIT BAY EQUIPMENT 4.1 Teams are permitted to leave their service vehicles in Pit Lane during the Warm Up on

Friday 21 March. 4.2 No service vehicles are permitted to remain in Pit Lane during the Race on Friday 21 March. 4.3 At the end of the Warm Up, Teams are permitted to leave a maximum of two gas bottles in their Pit Bay for use during the Race. 4.4 Gas bottles left in Pit Lane for use during the Race must be safely secured to the Pit Garage structure. Jack Holding. Secretary of the Meeting.

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 2003 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 3 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/0405/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series – Round 3 (hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”), which will also comprise Round 3 of the 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series, and will be held at Eastern Creek International Raceway, NSW,

on 1 - 4 May 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued.

1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1Promoter: Australian Racing Drivers’ Club P.O. Box 6747, Blacktown Delivery Centre, NSW, 2148 Telephone: (02) 9672 1000 Facsimile: (02) 9672 0208 1.3.2Organiser: Australian Racing Drivers’ Club P.O. Box 6747, Blacktown Delivery Centre, NSW, 2148 Telephone: (02) 9672 1000 Facsimile: (02) 9672 0208 1.3.3Organising Committee: B Goulding, G Arnold, S Preece & S Redfern 1.3.4V8 Supercar Stewards

Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson & Steve O’Connor 1.3.5Konica V8 Supercar Series Race Director: Steve Preece 1.3.6V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 Konica V8 Supercar Series Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.9 Konica V8 Supercar Series Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: B. Goulding 1.3.11 Clerk of Course M. Hancock 1.3.12 Asst. Clerk of Course(s): S. Grevett (Judicial)

1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: S. Williams, M Hancock & D Miller (2) Finish: P. Coogan, S Williams & M. Hancock (3) Pit Lane Speed: A. Baker (4) Noise: G. Robson V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Garry Bailey & Tony Milton 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 3.93 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3 AVESCO Permitted Track density: Konica V8 Supercars – 47

1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Wednesday 30 April 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR EVENTS 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules

1.6.2 There will be 2 Races each of 12 laps and 1 Race of 22 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher. All Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit via gates 7 and 7b from 0700 on Thursday 1 May to set up in the paddock area. 1.9 PADDOCK ALLOCATION All Konica V8 Supercars will be allocated Hoeckers in the Konica V8 Supercar Paddock

subject to Rule D2, which will be administered by the KOM. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the KOM. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each

race Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock car pass for a tender vehicle; and 4 x VIP car passes. 1.11 OFFICIAL NOTICE BOARD Located at the Race Secretary's office on the outside of the western wall. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 1.12 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the KOM. 1.13 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 10:00 on Thursday 1 May at the Dunlop facility

located in the V8 Supercar paddock area. 1.14 MEETING RIDES 1.14.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of such intention. 1.14.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.14.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1705 and 1735 on Friday 2 May.

1.14.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7) CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Thursday 1 May at the AVESCO Transporter for those attending their first round of the series for the year. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Thursday 1 May and will be carried out at each Competitors assigned paddock area.

2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Thursday 1 May at the Horsley Centre located at the Control Tower end of the Pit Lane Corporate Suites. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1800 on Friday 2 May at the garden workshop building located at the rear of the Paddock area. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional

circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest Konica V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in any Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek

© AVESCO 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1 Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4, be determined solely by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable. 2.4.2 Grid positions for Race 2 will be the reversed finish order of all cars that were classified finishers in Race 1. The effect of this regulation means that the last placegetter in Race 1 will be allocated grid position 1, the second last placegetter will

be allocated grid position 2 and so on (Rule D 6.2.3). 2.4.3 Grid positions for Race 3 will be based on aggregating the finishing results of Race 1 and Race 2 pursuant to Rule D 6.2.4. 2.4.4 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; 2.4.4.1 any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.4.4.2 drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start, may

be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable). 2.9 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 9.3 (on driver’s left): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange

Disc. 2.10 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.10.1 Competitors in the Konica V8 Supercar Series will not be permitted to use pit booms at any time during this meeting. 2.10.2 Teams are permitted to leave their service vehicles in Pit Lane during all Konica V8 Supercar Practice, Qualifying, Warm Up and Races. 2.11 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.11.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed at the flag point to be advised in further instructions. 2.11.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or

imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.12 PIT LANE ORDER For Konica V8 Supercars at this Meeting only, Pit Lane order will not be determined by Rule D2. Pit Lane order will be determined by the KOM. 2.13 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Friday 2 May – (top 3) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Sunday 4 May – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 END OF PRACTICE, QUALIFYING & RACES 4.1.1 At the conclusion of each practice and qualifying session and at the end of each race, (indicated by the chequered flag at the start/finish line on the main straight) drivers

must continue around the circuit and use the pit entry lane to return to their pit garages, subject to directions from officials. 4.1.2 Any driver whose Car enters the paddock area through the back gate during any Race will be excluded from that Race. 4.2 TRUCK WASHING A new truck washing bay is located on the paddock entrance road just after the tunnel near the medical centre. For environmental reasons it is not possible to wash trucks in the paddock area. CHAPTER 5 SCHEDULE

5.1 Thursday Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 Konica V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1500 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 Konica V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 5.2 Friday 0800 1330 V8 Supercars 5hr 30 min Document Check 0800 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection

0800 1330 V8 Supercars 5hr 30 min Scrutineering 0900 0920 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 0935 1010 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1020 1040 MGF 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1050 1120 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1135 1210 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1220 1240 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 2 1230 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 10 minutes 1250 1310 MGF 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1325

1345 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1350 1410 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 After Qualifying Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference 20 minutes 1430 1505 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1515 1530 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1540 1610 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1615 1630 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1640 1700 MGF 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1705 1735 Konica V8 Supercars

30 minutes Meeting Rides 1800 Konica V8 Supercars Drivers 7 Competitors Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0930 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 0945 1005 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1015 1030 Safety Car 15 minutes Rides 10 minutes 1040 1115 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1125 1140 Formula Ford

15 minutes Qualifying 2 30 minutes 1210 Konica V8 Supercars 12 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1240 1255 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1305 1325 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1335 1345 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1400 1420 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1425 1445 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1555 1515 MGF 20 minutes Qualifying 2 30 minutes 1545 Konica V8 Supercars 12 laps Race 2 20 minutes 1625 1655 V8 Supercars 30 minutes

Shoot Out After Shoot Out V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1705 1715 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 2 1730 V8 Supercars Drivers & Competitors Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday Start Finish Category Duration Session 0845 0855 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 3 15 minutes 0910 0930 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 5 minutes 0935 0950 Safety Car 15 minutes Rides 10 minutes

1000 1020 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 5 minutes 1025 1040 MGF 15 minutes Race 1 30 minutes 1110 Konica V8 Supercars 22 laps Race 3 Race End Konica V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1155 1215 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1220 1235 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1245 1300 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 30 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars 77 Laps Race Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars

Media Conference 15 minutes 1545 1555 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 4 10 minutes 1605 1625 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1635 1650 MGF 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1700 1715 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 B Goulding Secretary of the Meeting

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala 2003 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 6 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/3108/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at the Mallala Motor Sport Park on 29-31 August 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS not in conflict with the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules, the AVESCO Operation Manual Rules (“the Rules”), Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins which may be issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a National event. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Mallala Motorsport Park P/L 1050 South Road, Edwardstown, South Australia, 5039 Telephone:08 8276 7744, Facsimile: 08 8276 7290

1.3.2 Organiser: Sporting Car Club of S.A. Inc. 51 King William Road, Unley, South Australia, 5061. Telephone: (08) 8217 5689; Facsimile: (08) 8272 5396 Email address: specevents@iprimus.com.au 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Neville Pym, Chris Green, Rob Mead, Jack Holding, Vince Ciccarello. 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steve O’Connor (Chief), Peter Drew, Peter Svensson & Steve Lisk (Observer) 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Steve Preece 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor

1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 Konica V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.9 Konica V8 Supercar Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Vince Ciccarello 1.3.11 Clerk of Course Don Sims 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Don Sims (2) Finish: Barry Frost (3) Pit Lane Speed: Tony Bradley (4) Noise: Reg Marratt (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Paul Taylor, Garry Bailey & Tony Milton Supplementary Regulations

Page 2 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 2.6 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 30 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located inside the Office of the Secretary of the Meeting, behind the Race Control Building. 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located next to the Office of the Secretary of the Meeting, behind the Race Control Building. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form,

the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 28 August 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be 2 races of 16 laps and 1 race of 28 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules.

1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 08:00 on Friday 29 August or on an earlier day with the prior agreement of the Organisers. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the KOM.

1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the KOM. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office.

Each race Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock Car pass; and 4 x VIP Car passes. 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the KOM, in conjunction with Organisers. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 10:00 on Friday 29 August at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting

(see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the Konica V8 Supercar Media Manager, Angela Edwards, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1540 and 1610 on Saturday 2 August. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7)

CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Friday 29 August at the AVESCO Transporter for those attending their first round of the series for the year. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Friday 29 August and will be carried out at each Competitor’s assigned paddock area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Friday 29

August in the Briefing Marquee adjacent to the scrutineering bay. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1700 on Saturday 30 August in the Briefing Marquee adjacent to the scrutineering bay. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based

on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest Konica V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in any Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1 Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4, be determined solely by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable.

2.4.2 Grid positions for Race 2 will be the reversed finish order of all cars that were classified finishers in Race 1. The effect of this regulation means that the last placegetter in Race 1 will be allocated grid position 1, the second last placegetter will be allocated grid position 2 and so on (Rule D 6.2.2). Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala 2.4.3 Grid positions for Race 3 will be based on aggregating the finishing results of

Race 1 and Race 2 pursuant to Rule D 6.2.3. 2.4.4 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; 2.4.4.1 any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.4.4.2 Drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start, may be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race

pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable). 2.5 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be displayed from the flag point at Turn 7: the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.6 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.6.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Boards are being displayed. 2.6.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or

imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.7 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, the official sports drink or “unbranded” bottled water, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.8 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday 1 August.

All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1. 2.9 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 30 August – (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Sunday 31 August – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala CHAPTER 4 –SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 RACE CARS All competing Cars must be located in the Paddock Area when not on the Race Track &

must not be driven in the public areas. 4.2 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed in the waste oil receptacles provided; oil must not be tipped into rubbish bins or onto the ground. 4.3 MARQUEES / CORPORATE HOSPITALITY The hire or erection of Marquees must be pre-arranged with the circuit & corporate hospitality is not permitted within the Paddock area. Marquees & corporate hospitality may be arranged with Clem Smith – Ph (08) 8276 7744, Mob 0428 819483. 4.4 MINIBIKES / SCOOTERS

The use of unregistered minibikes and scooters is prohibited within the boundaries of the Mallala Motorsport Park. 4.5 PADDOCK AREA SPEED LIMIT The speed limit for all vehicles inside the paddock area is 10 kmh. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala CHAPTER 5 – MEETING SCHEDULE 5.1 Friday 29 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 V8 Supercars

6 hours Scrutineering 1000 1020 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1030 1050 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1100 1130 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1140 1200 Historic Touring 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1210 1230 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 2 1230 1300 Lunch Break 30 minutes 10 minutes 1310 1330 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1340 1410 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1420 1440 Historic Touring 20 minutes

Practice 2 10 minutes 1450 1510 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 3 1500 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 1600 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala 5.2 Saturday 30 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0930 0945 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1040 1055 Saloon Cars 15 minutes

Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1100 1115 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1120 1140 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1145 1200 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1215 1250 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1255 1310 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 2 5 minutes 1315 1335 Formula 4000 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1340 1400 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1415 1435 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%)

5 minutes 1440 1500 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying V8 Supercar Media Conference 10 minutes 1510 1530 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1540 1610 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1615 1630 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1640 1655 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Race 1 1700 V8 Supercar Drivers & Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala 5.3 Sunday 31 August

Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 0930 0950 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1000 1015 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1025 1040 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1050 1105 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1135 V8 Supercar 16 Laps Race 1 10 minutes 1205 1225 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1235 1250 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1320 V8 Supercar 16 Laps

Race 2 (Full Reverse Grid) 15 minutes 1355 1410 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 1425 1440 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Race 3 30 minutes 1510 V8 Supercar 28 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1610 1630 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1640 1700 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 3 Vince Ciccarello Secretary of the Meeting

Supplementary Regulations Page1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 4 Phillip Island 2003 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 4 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/0607/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as Round 4 of the 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at the Phillip Island Grand Prix Circuit on 4 - 6 July 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS

1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Phillip Island Motor Sports Pty Ltd (ACN 006 435 623) RMB 500 GP, Back Beach Rd, Cowes, Phillip Island, Vic 3922 Phone: (03) 5952 2710; Facsimile: (03) 5952 3160 1.3.2 Organiser: Phillip Island Auto Racing Club Ltd (ACN 004 351 446) RMB 500 GP, Back Beach Rd, Cowes, Phillip Island, Vic 3922 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Fergus Cameron, Christine Cameron, Peter Nelson, Geoff Bull 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steve O’Conner (Chief), Robert Fraser,

and Erik Rubens 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Lawrie Schmitt 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 Konica V8 Supercar Series Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.9 Konica V8 Supercar Series Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Geoff Bull 1.3.11 Clerk of Course: Colin Smith 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Colin Smith, Tony Van den Dungen, Alf Pierce Shane Bull (2) Finish:

Colin Smith, Tony Van den Dungen, Alf Pierce (3) Pit Lane Speed: Doug Reid, Ken Benham (4) Noise: Ewan Cole, Shane Helliwell (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Paul Taylor, Garry Bailey and Tony Milton Supplementary Regulations Page2 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 4 Phillip Island 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 4.45 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anticlockwise 1.4.3 Track density: Konica V8 Supercars – 50. 1.4.4 Official Notice Board: Located on the ground floor, Northern Outside wall of

the Race Control Building 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located on the 1st floor of the Race Control Building 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 3 July 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time

1.6 V8 SUPERCAR EVENTS 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules 1.6.2 There will be 2 Races each of 12 laps and 1 Race of 22 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher. All Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 1700 until 1900 on Thursday July 3 and

from 0700 – 1130 on Friday July 4 to set up in the paddock area. 1.9 PADDOCK ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule, which will be administered by the KOM. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD

SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the KOM. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each race Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock car pass for a tender vehicle; and 4 x VIP car passes. 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the KOM, in conjunction with Organisers. Supplementary Regulations Page3 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 4 Phillip Island

1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 10:00 on Friday 4 July at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out

in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1540 and 1610 on Saturday 5 July. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7) CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Friday 4 July at the AVESCO Transporter for those attending their first round of the series for the year. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Friday 4 July and will

be carried out at each Competitors assigned paddock area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Friday 4 July at the catering outlet located at the rear of the tower car park. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1700 on Saturday 5 July at the catering outlet located at the rear of the tower car park. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional

circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest Konica V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in any Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1 Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4, be

determined solely by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable. 2.4.2 Grid positions for Race 2 will be the reversed finish order of all cars that were classified finishers in Race 1. The effect of this regulation means that the last placegetter in Race 1 will be allocated grid position 1, the second last placegetter will be allocated grid position 2 and so on (Rule D 6.2.2). 2.4.3 Grid positions for Race 3 will be based on aggregating the finishing results of Race

1 and Race 2 pursuant to Rule D 6.2.3. Supplementary Regulations Page4 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 4 Phillip Island 2.4.4 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; 2.4.4.1 any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.4.4.2 drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start,

may be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable). 2.5 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be displayed from the flag point at Turn 11 flag point (driver’s left): the Black Flag and the

Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.6 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.6.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed at the flag point to be advised in further instructions. 2.6.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.7 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, the official sports drink or “unbranded”

bottled water, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.8 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday 4 July. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1. CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 5 July – (top 3) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Sunday 6 July – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation

CHAPTER 4 –SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 NOISE RESTRICTION No competition Car engine may be started before 0900 or after 1745 on any day. 4.2 FUEL STORAGE & DISTRIBUTION The Government legislation requires that all bulk quantities of fuel must be stored in the fuel compound in the Red Paddock, which is located on the South-Eastern side of the paddock are. Teams may store a maximum of 250 Litres of fuel in each Pit Garage, Pit Shed or Marquee Bay at any one time. Supplementary Regulations

Page5 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 4 Phillip Island 4.3 EQUIPMENT STORAGE: The area between the white lines at the rear of the Pit Building and the rear of the Transporters is designated as a Fire Access route and should not be used for the storage of equipment. All equipment in the paddock must be located in a manner to allow for free access for all patrons at all times. Emergency access lanes designated in the Paddock Area must be kept clear of vehicles and equipment at all times.

4.4 CIRCUIT CAMPING: Due to Bass Coast Shire regulations, overnight camping, sleeping in garages, sheds, buildings or vehicles in the Paddock or Public areas of the Circuit is not permitted. 4.5 MINIBIKES/SCOOTERS The use of unregistered minibikes and scooters is prohibited within the boundaries of the Phillip Island Grand Prix Circuit. 4.6 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to placed in the waste oil receptacles provided, which are located at the rear of the Pit Garages. Oil must not be tipped into rubbish bins or onto the ground

anywhere. 4.7 TEAM CATERING Any Team that intends to cook in the paddock must do so at the end of their transporter furthermost from the garages. Supplementary Regulations Page6 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 4 Phillip Island CHAPTER 5 – MEETING SCHEDULE 5.1 Friday 4 July Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1250 1320 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 1

10 minutes 1330 1350 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1400 1420 Improved Production 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1430 1500 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 2 1500 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 10 minutes 1510 1530 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1540 1600 Improved Production 20 minutes Practice 2 1600 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page7 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 4 Phillip Island 5.2 Saturday 5 July Start

Finish Category Duration Session 0925 0945 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1045 1105 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1115 1135 Improved Production 20 minutes Qualifying 1 25 minutes 1200 1235 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1245 1300 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1310 1330 Formula 4000 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1340 1400 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 2

15 minutes 1415 1435 V8 Qualifying 20 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1440 1500 V8 Qualifying 20 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying V8 Supercar Media Conference 10 minutes 1510 1530 Improved Production 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1540 1610 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1620 1635 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Race 1(7 Laps) 10 minutes 1645 1700 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Qualifying 2 1700 V8 Supercar Drivers & Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations

Page8 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 4 Phillip Island 5.3 Sunday 6 July Start Finish Category Duration Session 0905 0915 Formula 4000 10 minutes Warm Up 15 minutes 0930 0950 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm Up 15 minutes 1005 1020 Improved Production 15 minutes Race 1 (8 Laps) 15 minutes 1035 1050 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Race 1 (8 Laps) 30 minutes 1120 V8 Supercar 12 Laps Race 1 15 minutes 1155 1215 Formula 4000 20 Minutes Race (12 Laps) 15 minutes 1230 1245 Saloon Cars 15 minutes

Race 2 (8 Laps) 30 minutes 1315 V8 Supercar 12 Laps Race 2 (Full Reverse Grid) 15 minutes 1350 1405 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Race 2 (8 Laps) 15 minutes 1420 1440 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 2 (12 Laps) 30 minutes 1510 V8 Supercar 22 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1600 1615 Improved Production 15 minutes Race 2 (8 laps) 15 minutes 1630 1645 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Race 3 (8 Laps) Geoff Bull

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 1 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO 2003 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 1 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2302/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the “2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 1”, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting” and will be held at the Wakefield Park circuit on 21-23 February 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS

1.2.1The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS not in confliction with the Rules, these Supplementary Regulations and any Further Supplementary Regulations and instructions that may be issued. 1.2.2The Meeting will be a National Championship Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Wakefield Park Motorsport

Telephone: 02 4822 2811 Facsimile: 02 4822 2812 1.3.2 Organiser: Wakefield Park Motorsport Telephone: 02 4822 2811 Facsimile: 02 4822 2812 Race Secretary: Phone/Facsimile: 02 4647 2825 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Judy Ellacott, John Jones, Garry Willmington 1.3.4 Secretary of the Meeting: Judy Ellacott 1.3.5 Clerk of Course John Jones 1.3.6 Asst. Clerk of Course(s): John Sendall, Margo Jones, Phillip Livingstone, Ron Stamm 1.3.7V8 Supercar Stewards: Steve O’Connor (Chief), Nick Ledingham &

Neil Turner 1.3.8 Konica V8 Supercar Series Race Director: Steve Preece 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.11 Konica V8 Supercar Series Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.12 Konica V8 Supercar Series Media Manager: TBA in further regulations 1.3.13 Chief Scrutineer: Lance Smith 1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Lisa Drayton, Allan Grix, Phillip Livingstone (2) Finish: Lisa Drayton, Allan Grix

(3) Pit Lane Speed: TBA in further regulations (4) Noise: Maxine Russell (5) Pit Lane Penalty Vinnie Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 1 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 2.2 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3Track density: V8 Supercars – 36 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 V8 Supercar competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to

confirm entry to this Meeting. Entries will close as per the date on the tyre order form. 1.5.2No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 20 February 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that date. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR EVENTS 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules 1.6.2 There will be 2 races each of 17 laps and 1 race of 30 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules.

1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher. All Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit on Friday 21 February from 0800 to set up in the paddock area. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2, which will be administered by the Konica V8 Supercar Series Operations Manager

(KOM). 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3The completed forms must be handed in to the KOM. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each

Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock Car pass; and 4 x VIP Car passes. 1.11 OFFICIAL NOTICE BOARD Located at the base of the race control tower V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 1 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO 1.12 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the KOM, in conjunction with Garry Willmington from Wakefield Park. 1.13 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 10:00 on Friday 21 February at the Dunlop facility

located in the paddock area. For this Meeting only, the deadline for Control tyre nomination will be extended to 09:00 on Saturday 22 February. 1.14 MEETING RIDES 1.14.1 Competitors are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of such intention. 1.14.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.14.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 15:30 and 16:00 on Saturday 22 February.

1.14.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7) CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will commence at 10:00 on Friday 21 February at the AVESCO Transporter. All Competitors, Driver and their respective licences will need to be signed and confirmed. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will commence at 10:00 on Friday 21 February and will be carried out at each Competitors assigned paddock area.

2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Mangers will be held at 17:00 on Friday 21 February in the corporate tent positioned near Pit Entry. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 16:30 on Saturday 22 February in the corporate tent positioned near Pit Entry. Note: Competitors and Drivers must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the briefing (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING

2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.4.2 2.3.2Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in any race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4, be determined solely by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50%

or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 1 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO 2.4.2Grid positions for Race 2 will be the reversed finish order of all cars that were classified finishers in Race 1. The effect of this regulation means that the last placegetter in Race 1 will be allocated grid position 1, the second last placegetter will be allocated grid position 2 and so on (Rule D 6.2.3).

2.4.3 Grid positions for Race 3 will be based on aggregating the finishing results of Race 1 and Race 2 pursuant to Rule D 6.2.4. 2.4.4 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; 2.4.4.1any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.4.4.2drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start, may

be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable). CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 22nd February – (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Sunday 23rd February – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation

3.2 MEDIA GUIDE PHOTO SESSIONS 3.2.1 A photo session for all Cars will take place in Pit lane 0800 – 0830 Saturday 22nd February. Cars will be photographed in their allocated Pit Bay. Any Car that is not available for this session will not be included in the 2003 Media Guide. 3.2.2 A photo session for all Drivers will take place in the Media Room 0800 - 0900 Sunday 23rd February. All Drivers must be in full race suits and be carrying their helmets. No caps are to be worn in the photographs. Any Driver that is not available

for this session will not be included in the 2003 Media Guide. CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 1 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING SCHEDULE 5.1 Friday 21 February Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0930 0950 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1000 1020 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Practice 1 1000 1600 V8 Supercars

6 hours Document Checking 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 10 minutes 1030 1100 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1110 1130 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1140 1200 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 1200 1225 Lunch Break 25 minutes 15 minutes 1240 1300 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1310 1330 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 1340 1400 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Practice 3

10 minutes 1410 1430 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 1440 1510 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1520 1540 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1550 1605 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1615 1635 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Qualifying 1 1700 1800 V8 Supercars 60 minutes Team Managers Briefing 1815 V8 Supercars Organisers meeting V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 1 - Wakefield Park

© AVESCO 5.2 Saturday 22 February Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0830 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Car Photo Session 0900 0920 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 0925 0945 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1040 1100 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 5 minutes 1105 1125 Formula 4000 20 minutes Qualifying 5 minutes 1130 1150 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1210 1245 V8 Supercars

35 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1250 1305 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1315 1330 Sports Sedans 15 minutes Race 1 5 minutes 1335 1350 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Race 1 25 minutes 1415 1435 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1440 1500 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying V8 Supercars (Top 5) Media Conference 5 minutes 1505 1520 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1530 1600 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides

10 minutes 1610 1630 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 2 1630 V8 Supercar Drivers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 1 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 23 February Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0900 V8 Supercars 60 minutes Driver Photo Session 0900 0915 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 3 15 minutes 0930 0950 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1000 1015 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Race 1 5 minutes

1020 1035 Sports Sedans 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1045 1100 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1130 V8 Supercars 17 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1200 1220 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1230 1245 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1320 V8 Supercars 17 laps Race 2 (Reverse Grid) 10 minutes 1350 1405 Aussie Racing 15 minutes Race 4 10 minutes 1415 1435 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 2 35 minutes 1510 V8 Supercars 30 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes

Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars (Top 3) Media Conference 5 minutes 1605 1620 Sports Sedans 15 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1630 1645 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Race 3 Judy Ellacott Secretary of the Meeting.

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton 2003 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 5 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/0308/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at the Winton Motor Raceway on 1-3 August 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS not in conflict with the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules, the AVESCO Operation Manual Rules (“the Rules”), Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins which may be issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a National event. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Winton Motor Raceway Pty. Ltd. P.O. Box 249, Benalla, Victoria, 3671 Phone: (03) 5766 4235; Facsimile: (03) 5766 4249

1.3.2 Organiser: Winton Motor Raceway Pty. Ltd. P.O. Box 249, Benalla, Victoria, 3671 Phone: (03) 5766 4235; Facsimile: (03) 5766 4249 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Michael Ronke, Bruce Robertson Heather Wallace 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steve O’Connor (Chief), Robert Fraser & Eric Rubens 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Steve Preece 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 Konica V8 Supercar Operations Manager:

Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.9 Konica V8 Supercar Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Heather Wallace 1.3.11 Clerk of Course: James Taylor 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Ian Craven, James Taylor (2) Finish: Ian Craven (3) Pit Lane Speed: Ken Benham (4) Noise: Ken Willmott (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Garry Bailey & Tony Milton 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 3.0 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: Konica V8 Supercars – 40

Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton 1.4.4 Official Notice Board: Located at the rear of the Race Control Building, V8 Supercar Paddock Area. 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located 1st Floor of the Race Control Building, V8 Supercar Paddock Area. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 31 July 2003,

unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be 2 races of 14 laps each and 1 race of 24 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence.

1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 08:00 on Friday 1 August or on an earlier day with the prior agreement of the Organisers. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the KOM. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes,

the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the KOM. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each race Car will be allocated the following passes: One (1) Paddock Car Pass per Car 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the KOM, in conjunction with Organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION

Control tyre selection will take place at 10:00 on Friday 1 August at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the Konica V8 Supercar Media Manager, Angela Edwards, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation.

1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1540 and 1610 on Saturday 2 August. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7) CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Friday 1 August at the AVESCO Transporter for those attending their first round of the

series for the year. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Friday 1 August and will be carried out at each Competitors assigned paddock area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Friday 1 August in the briefing room on the ground floor of the Race Control Building, V8 Supercar Paddock Area. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Saturday 2 August in the briefing room on the ground floor of the Race Control Building, V8

Supercar Paddock Area. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest Konica V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be

permitted to start in any Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1 Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4, be determined solely by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable. 2.4.2 Grid positions for Race 2 will be the reversed finish order of all cars that were classified finishers in Race 1. The effect of this regulation means that the last

placegetter in Race 1 will be allocated grid position 1, the second last placegetter will be allocated grid position 2 and so on (Rule D 6.2.2). 2.4.3 Grid positions for Race 3 will be based on aggregating the finishing results of Race 1 and Race 2 pursuant to Rule D 6.2.3. 2.4.4 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton 2.4.4.1 any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in

the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.4.4.2 Drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start, may be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable).

2.5 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be displayed from the flag point at Turn 9: the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.6 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.6.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed at the flag point to be advised in further instructions. 2.6.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge

of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.7 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, the official sports drink or “unbranded” bottled water, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.8 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday 1 August. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1.

2.9 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. 2.10 TEAM OWNERS MEETING A meeting for All Team Owners to discuss the direction of the 2004 KVS will be held at 1800 on Saturday 2 August in the briefing room on the ground floor of the Race Control Building, V8 Supercar Paddock Area. CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 2 August – (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Sunday 3 August – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation

Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton CHAPTER 4 –SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 MINIBIKES/SCOOTERS The use of unregistered minibikes and scooters is prohibited within the boundaries of the Winton Motor Raceway. 4.2 RACE VEHICLES All competing vehicles must be located in the Paddock Area when not on the race track. Unregistered or unroadworthy vehicles must not be driven in the public areas. Any breaches of this Regulation will be referred to the Stewards who may impose penalties

up to exclusion from the Meeting. 4.3 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed in the waste oil receptacle provided, which is located midway along the back fence of the V8 Supercar Paddock Area. Oil must not be tipped into rubbish bins or onto the ground anywhere. 4.4 MARQUEES Due to contractual arrangements in place at Winton Motor Raceway, teams who require a marquee at this meeting need to contact the circuit to make arrangements for its construction. Hire companies not contracted to the raceway will not be permitted to put

up Marquees or tents or supply hire equipment on the property. Marquees may be erected on the 10 metre wide grassed area behind the service lane of the garages in the paddock area. No pegs are permitted to be driven into the bitumen. 4.5 CORPORATE HOSPITALITY Corporate hospitality is not permitted in the Paddock Area. All corporate catering must be arranged through the Winton Motor Raceway office. 4.6 ACCOMMODATION Staying overnight in any of the garages, carports or transporters is not permitted during

the period of the Meeting. 4.7 TEAM CATERING As of 1st January 2003 additional Victorian Government Legislation has been enacted regarding preparation of food and catering. All teams contemplating team catering are required to contact Heather Wallace at the Winton Motor Raceway office (03 5766 4235) prior to the event to ensure the compliance with Local Council Ordinance and O. H & S requirements. 4.8 ENGINE NOISE Racing engines are NOT permitted to be started before 0800 or be started or in

operation after 1830 each day of the meeting. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton CHAPTER 5 – MEETING SCHEDULE 5.1 Friday 1 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1100 1130 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1140 1200 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1210 1230 Saloon Cars 20 minutes

Practice 1 10 minute 1240 1300 Improved Production 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1310 1340 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1350 1420 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1430 1450 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 1500 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 10 minutes 1500 1520 Improved Production 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1530 1550 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 16:00 16:20 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 3 1600 V8 Supercar Team Managers

Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton 5.2 Saturday 2 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0925 0945 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1045 1115 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1125 1145 Improved Production 20 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1200 1235 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2

10 minutes 1245 1300 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1310 1330 Formula 4000 20 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1340 1400 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1415 1435 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1440 1500 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying V8 Supercar Media Conference 10 minutes 1510 1530 Improved Production 20 minutes Race 1 – 6 laps 10 minutes 1540 1610 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes

1620 1650 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1700 1715 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Qualifying 2 1730 V8 Supercar Drivers & Competitors Briefing 1800 V8 Supercar Team Owners Meeting Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton 5.3 Sunday 3 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 0835 0855 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Race 1 – 8 laps 10 minutes 0905 0920 Improved Production 15 minutes Race 2 – 6 laps 10 minutes 0930 0950 V8 Supercar

20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1000 1025 Saloon Cars 25 minutes Race 1 – 10 laps 10 minutes 1035 1055 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Race 1 – 10 laps 30 minutes 1125 V8 Supercar 14 Laps Race 1 10 minutes 1155 1215 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 1 – 15 laps 10 minutes 1225 1250 Saloon Cars 25 minutes Race 2 – 10 laps 30 minutes 1320 V8 Supercar 14 Laps Race 2 (Full Reverse Grid) 10 minutes 1350 1410 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Race 2 – 8 laps 10 minutes 1420 1440 Sports Sedans 20 minutes

Race 2 – 10 laps 30 minutes 1510 V8 Supercar 24 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes 1605 1625 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 2 – 15 laps 5 minutes 1630 1655 Improved Production 25 minutes Race 3 – 10 laps 5 minutes 1705 1730 Saloon Cars 25 minutes Race 3 – 10 laps Heather Wallace Secretary of the Meeting

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 2003 FOSTER’S AUSTRALIAN GRAND PRIX CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/0903/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The Meeting will be known as the “2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix”, and will be held at the Albert Park Grand Prix Circuit on 5 March - 9 March 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Race Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Australian Grand Prix Corporation P.O. Box 577 South Melbourne, Victoria, 3205

Telephone: (03) 9258 7100; Facsimile: (03) 9699 3727 1.3.2 Organiser: CAMS Limited P.O. Box 147 Caulfield East, Victoria, 3145 Telephone: (03) 9593 7777; Facsimile: (03) 9593 7700 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Tim Schenken, Peter Nelson, Tim Bamford 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Peter Svensson (chief), Robert Anderson & Keith McKay 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 Clerk of Course: Henk Duncan 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer:

Colin Bond 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Peter Nelson National Secretary of the Meeting: Geoff Bull 1.3.12 Deputy Clerk of Course Ken Smith V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Tony van den Dungen, Henk Duncan & Barry Frost (2) Finish: Erik Rubens & Barry Frost (3) Pit Lane Speed: Ken Benham

(4) Noise: Ken Innes Irons 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 5.303 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 32 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located outside the National Race Paddock Office. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1Competitors must have completed the 2003 Official Entry/Registration Form, the Fosters Australian Grand Prix Support Event Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Tuesday 4 March, unless

exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.5.3 This is a Non-Championship special Meeting and as such, the AGPC and AVESCO will at their discretion invite Competitors to attend. 1.5.4 The list of Competitors invited to attend this Meeting is included in these Supplementary Regulations as Attachment “A”. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES & DISTANCE 1.6.1 There will be three non Championship races for invited Cars complying with Division

“C” of the Rules: 1.6.1.1 races 1 and 3 on Friday 7 March and Sunday 9 March respectively, will be 10 laps; and 1.6.1.2 race 2 on Saturday 8 March will be 12 laps. 1.6.2 Subject to the following Supplementary Regulations, awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules, although the Promoter reserves the right to add additional awards, in which case such awards will be advised in Further Regulations. 1.6.3 There will be no prize money paid by the Promoter.

1.7 CONDITIONS OF MEETING 1.7.1 Formula One World Championship Precedence 1.7.1.1 This Meeting is a round of the 2003 FIA Formula One World Championship and teams participating in it will have priority for the whole of the Meeting. 1.7.1.2 Any person or Team not in the right place at the right time may miss their participation in the Meeting. 1.7.1.3 It is recommended that all Teams highlight the areas of their schedule which involve the Team and ensure that all personnel are ready at the appropriate times.

1.7.2 Variation of Program 1.7.2.1 The Organisers do not anticipate any problems but it may be necessary to vary the program at any time. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 1.7.2.2 Teams will be notified of any change to the program as soon as possible and the Organisers will do all they can to maintain the V8 Supercar Category’s involvement as an important part of the program. 1.7.2.3 The program may be varied or altered at the Promoter's discretion to ensure

the Formula One World Championship content stays on schedule. 1.8 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.9 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) AVESCO ‘hard cards’ will not be recognised at this Meeting, the Organisers will issue AVESCO the following types and numbers of passes for distribution to each Team: 1.9.1 18 personnel passes per Car, including the Driver, of which 6 will permit Pit Lane

access; and 1.9.2 1 x Support Tender Vehicle Pass providing access to the National Race Paddock for each competing Car. 1.9.3 2 x Competitor Car Park passes (no access to the paddock) for each competing Car. 1.9.4 The AOM will distribute these passes to the Team transporter operators on Tuesday 4 March. 1.10 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 10:00, Wednesday 5 March at the Dunlop facility located in the Paddock area. 1.11 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS 1.11.1 The Race Management Channel frequency will be advised by way of a Further

Regulation. 1.11.2 The Organisers remind all Competitors of the importance of using only licensed radio equipment; the Licensing Authority having alerted the Organisers that any Car fitted with a radio is regarded as “intent to use” and if not licensed, the equipment may be confiscated by the Licensing Authority. 1.12 MEETING RIDES 1.12.1 Pursuant to Rules E1 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 0950 and 1002 on Thursday 6 March for Invited Cars only. 1.12.1 Invited teams will be notified by AVESCO Media Manager Martine Westbrook.

1.12.3 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.12.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one partial warm up lap starting from Pit Lane and ending in Pit Lane. The Car will not cross the start/finish line. 1.12.5 For this meeting a “Meeting ride” is one in which a Car Carrying a passenger is permitted only to: 1.12.5.1exit the pit lane and complete that part of a lap until the Car crosses the

start/finish line, and then 1.12.5.2 complete a partial lap (the “flying lap”) which must finish when the Car returns to the Paddock at turn 15. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted from 14:00 to 16:00 Wednesday 5 March at the National Race Paddock Office. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted from 10:00 to 16:00 Wednesday 5 March in each

Competitor’s allocated garage area. 2.2. DRIVERS’ BRIEFING The Drivers’ Briefing will be held for all Support Event competitors at 08:30 on Thursday 6 March at the Muster Tent, which is situated adjacent to the National Race Paddock Office. 2.3 MARSHALLING, PRE-GRID AND RACE START PROCEDURE 2.3.1 When Teams are called to the marshalling area, the Car (in “Ready to Race” condition) must be taken there promptly, and any Car not in the marshalling area prior to the Cars being sent to the grid will be unable to join that session or race.

2.3.2 Pit crew with the appropriate Pit Lane Access passes may walk from the National Race Paddock to the Pit Lane (via the Pit Entry road) prior to their session on the track. Equipment may be carried, or wheeled into the Pit Lane on a trolley measuring no more than 2 x 1 metres. 2.3.3 Under the direction of the paddock marshals the following procedure will occur: 2.3.3.1 Cars will proceed to the grid or pit lane. 2.3.3.2 Pit crew may approach the race vehicles at this time. Please note that there

may be a five minute wait with the cars on the grid. 2.3.3.3 Cars driven to the pit lane prior to any race, will not be permitted to enter the track until after the race start proper, and then only under the direction of officials. 2.3.3.4 Drivers are not required to wear their helmets until they reach the grid or pit lane. 2.3.4 The Start procedure will start with a 3-minutes signal being given to the Cars on the grid. From this signal on, the start procedure will be the same as that

detailed in the AVESCO Operations Manual. 2.3.5 NOTE: Adherence to the procedure set out above is important as not to hold up the program. 2.3.6 All personnel going to and permitted in the pit lane must be correctly dressed and all must be 16 years or older to be permitted into the pit lane. 2.4 PRACTICE & QUALIFYING 2.4.1 The Organisers reserve the right to stop any practice or qualifying session as often and for as long as they deem necessary, to clear the track; and have advised that

such time lost may not be made up. 2.4.2 Any driver whose fastest lap - achieved during the qualifying sessions - exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time will not be permitted to start in any race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4.3 Commencement of Sessions All practice and qualifying sessions will be started from the grid and/or pit exit, and will then be controlled from the start line; drivers must be prepared to stop at the direction of an official at pit exit before driving onto the race track at any time.

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 2.4.4 End of Sessions At the end of each session or race and after being shown the chequered flag, drivers will proceed around the track to the run-off area at Turn 15. From there they will be directed into the National Race Paddock as soon as access is clear. 2.5 PIT LANE 2.5.1 Only two (2) persons per Car and essential race officials are permitted at the pit signaling wall during all practice and qualifying sessions and each race; Rule D 11.5.1

will not apply to this Meeting. 2.5.2 Competitors must not paint lines or other markings on any part of pit lane. 2.5.3 No equipment may be placed on the pit signaling wall. 2.5.4 During the start of any race, only race officials and television crews specifically authorised by the Clerk of Course are permitted at the pit signaling wall. 2.5.5 The pit lane speed limit for V8 Supercars is 40 km/h as prescribed by the Rules. 2.5.6 Only six (6) personnel (excluding the driver) for each Car on the track at that time may be

present in the pit lane. 2.6 GRID POSITIONS 2.6.1Grid positions for Race 1 will be determined by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying session. 2.6.2 Grid positions for Races 2 and 3 will be based on the finishing position of each driver in Races 1 and 2 respectively. 2.6.3 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; 2.6.3.1 any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their

fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.6.3.2 drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start, may be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.6.3.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable). 2.6.4 Should track conditions vary during any qualifying session, e.g. from dry to wet, the

Stewards may allocate grid positions according to practice session times or by another criteria. 2.7 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT Black flag, Orange disc, and bad sportsman flag signals may also be shown to drivers from the flag post at Turn 12.5 (opposite Powerhouse) on drivers left. Signals shown at this post will have the same meaning as if shown at the start line. 2.8 KERB HOPPING 2.8.1 A driver must not: 2.8.1.1 consistently cut corners by driving over the inside of kerbs, “ripple strips”, or

off the racing track surface; or 2.8.1.2 cut any corner which results in material or debris being brought onto the racing track; or 2.8.1.3 consistently make contact with a corner, apex tyre bundle or kerb marker. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 2.8.2 Each Sector Marshall will be a Judge of Fact with regard to whether a driver has failed to comply with Supplementary Regulation 2.8.1. 2.9 MARKINGS ON CARS In addition to the requirements of Rule C 19 and Schedule C 2, each Car must display

sponsor’s signage as supplied by the Promoter in a space of 500mm x 120mm on each side of the Car above the competition number. No championship Logos are permitted to be displayed on cars for this meeting. 2.10 YELLOW LINE AT PIT EXIT When exiting the Pit Lane, drivers must not cross the yellow line painted on the track between the Pit Exit and the track. (The yellow line extends from the pit exit towards T1) The crossing of this line (from right to left) will result in a Pit Lane Penalty applied by the Clerk of

Course or some other penalty at the discretion of the Stewards. CHAPTER 3 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS MEDIA ACTIVITIES 3.1.1 City Square Autograph Session (Compulsory) – Federations Square, Cnr Swanston and Flinders Sts; Wednesday March 5th ,12:00 – 14:00 in two groups Martine Cousins will draw up a roster and advise teams. 3.1.2 V8 Supercar Drivers’ Photo (Compulsory); Commences 09:00 Thursday March 6th. All drivers to Assemble by the Netspace Falcon in the middle of the V8 Supercar

paddock. 3.1.3 Media Conferences – all held at the circuit National Press Conference Centre. Qualifying (Top 5); After Qualifying, Thursday 6 March. Race 1 (Top 3); After Race 1, Friday 7 March Race 2 (Top 3); After Race 2, Saturday 8 March Race 3 (Top 3); After Race 3, Sunday 9 March 3.1.4 Autograph Sessions – Drivers to meet at the AVESCO Transporter for the following ‘meet the public’ sessions. Martine Cousins will draw up a roster and advise teams. Thursday 6 March; 1300 – 1400,

Friday 7 March; 1200 – 1300, Saturday 8 March; 1100 – 1200, Sunday 9 March; 1145 – 1230. 3.1.5 Drivers’ Parade – Drivers to meet at AVESCO Transporter. Saturday March 8th; 1305 – 1315 Drivers must be ready at the Transporter by 1250. 3.2 PADDOCK AREA 3.2.1 The National Race Paddock for V8 Supercars, and other national categories will be between Turn 15 and the Pit Entry Lane. Access at non-racing times is via the run-off area at Turn 15. 3.2.2 The support paddock is divided into a number of main areas. Access is not permitted to

support paddocks without first checking with the AOM. ACCESS TO THE V8 SUPERCAR PADDOCK IS NOT PERMITTED UNTIL 0800 TUESDAY 4 MARCH. ANY ATTEMPT TO ACCESS THE PADDOCK PRIOR TO THIS TIME MAY RESULT IN EXCLUSION FROM THE EVENT OR OTHER PENALTY AT THE DISCRETION OF V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO THE PROMOTER. A schedule and map of the park up procedure will be issued in further instructions. 3.2.3 Other than advertising signage that is permanently displayed by a Team on any

pantech, truck, trailer or equipment as part of its year-round signage, no advertising or promotional signage of any kind may be affixed to or displayed in or on any other part of any marquee, tent, equipment, truck, trailer or other vehicle, including on the roof, occupied owned, or operated by the Team and situated in the Paddock Area or elsewhere in Albert Park at any time during the meeting. 3.2.4 Competitors presenting at the paddock entry gate without necessary tender pass will be

turned back by security. 3.2.5 NOTE: The area will be secured each night and the access gates manned. 3.2.6 Paddock Prohibition: Competitors are reminded that they are responsible for notifying sponsors and other associated persons or groups, that corporate type hospitality arrangements are prohibited from the paddock area. 3.2.7 The tunnel can only be used for Support Event vehicles displaying the correct tunnel access pass. The AOM will distribute these passes to the Team transporter operators on

Tuesday 4 March. 3.3 ADMINISTRATION BUILDINGS To better administer to the support categories the Secretary of the Meeting and Stewards office, have been located in the National Race Paddock Office. Phone: 03 8698 8101. 3.4 PROMOTION PERSONNEL Competitors are advised that NO promotional personnel or signage will gain access to the grid prior to practice, qualifying or racing without written authority of the Promoter. 3.5 MERCHANDISING REQUIREMENTS No goods or merchandise of any kind may be brought, sold, advertised, displayed, distributed

or promoted within the boundaries of the Albert Park or near the entrance thereto by or on behalf of any of the Teams at any time during the period of the Meeting. 3.6 TIMING TRANSMITTERS By arrangement with the FOM Timekeepers, all Support Events must be timed using the FOM timing system and competitors are not required to bring their own timing transmitters. The FOM Timekeepers will supply enough transponders to enable this to happen, but officials will need to place them in the cars prior to going onto the track for the first time, and remove

them after the last event for each competitor. Your cooperation will be sought during these procedures. Full details of these arrangements will be available at the circuit. 3.7 NOISE Competitors are reminded of the requirements of Rule C 6.9.1, and that the Organisers may at their sole discretion, prohibit any car exceeding 95 dBa from participating in the Meeting if the noise level is considered to be unsatisfactory. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix

© AVESCO CHAPTER 4 – MEETING PROGRAM (subject to change) 4.1 Wednesday 5 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 SUPERCAR 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 SUPERCAR Tyre Select 1400 1600 V8 SUPERCAR 2 hours Document Check 4.2 THURSDAY 6 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0830 V8 SUPERCAR Drivers Briefing 0930 0950 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 20 minutes Practice 0950 1002 V8 SUPERCAR 12 minutes Prize winner’s Hot Laps 13 minutes 1015 1035 INVITATIONAL CATEGORY

20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1050 1110 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1125 1155 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 30 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1205 1235 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1250 1310 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1325 1345 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1355 1410 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC 15 minutes Demonstration 15 minutes 1425 1445 CARRERA CUP 20 minutes Qualifying

15 minutes 1500 1530 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 30 minutes Qualifying 20 minutes 1550 1615 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 25 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1625 1635 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 20 minutes 1650 1715 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 25 minutes Race 1 20 minutes 1735 1800 CARRERA CUP 25 minutes Race 1 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.3 FRIDAY 7 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0830 1030 FORMULA ONE

2 hours Testing 30 minutes 1100 1200 FORMULA ONE 60 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1210 1215 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 5 minutes Parade 5 minutes 1220 1240 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1250 1300 REV GP KART CHALLENGE 10 minutes Qualifying 3 minutes 1303 1315 TRADING POST GRAND PRIX RALLY 12 minutes Parade Part 1 1400 1500 FORMULA ONE 60 minutes Qualifying 1 25 minutes 1525 1545 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 10 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1600 1620 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP

20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1630 1640 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 10 minutes 1650 1705 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC 10 minutes Demonstration 5 minutes 1710 1715 SHOW ‘N’ SHINE PRESENTED BY SHANNONS 5 minutes Parade Lap 20 minutes 1735 1800 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 25 minutes Race 2 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 10 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.4 SATURDAY 8 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0900 0945 FORMULA ONE 45 minutes Practice 2

30 minutes 1015 1100 FORMULA ONE 45 minutes Practice 3 20 minutes 1120 1140 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1155 1215 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 20 minutes 8 minutes 1223 1235 TRADING POST GRAND PRIX RALLY 12 minutes Parade Part 2 10 minutes 1245 1255 REV GP KART CHALLENGE 10 minutes 15 minutes 1305 1315 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 10 minutes Drivers Parade 15 minutes 1330 1345 FORMULA ONE 15 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1400 1500 FORMULA ONE 60 minutes

25 minutes 1525 1550 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 12 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1605 1630 CARRERA CUP 30 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1640 1650 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 20 minutes 1700 1715 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC 15 minutes Demonstration 20 minutes 1735 1800 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 25 minutes Race 3 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.5 SUNDAY 9 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0930 1000 FORMULA ONE

30 minutes Warm Up 5 minutes 1005 1015 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC INCLUDING EXOTIC MARQUES 10 minutes Demonstration 22 minutes 1037 1057 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 10 laps Race 3 13 minutes 1110 1115 FORMULA ONE 5 minutes DRIVERS’ PHOTO 1115 1126 FORMULA ONE 11 minutes DRIVERS’ PARADE 14 minutes 1140 1155 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 15 minutes 5 minutes 1200 1205 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 5 minutes Parade 10 minutes 1215 1227 CARRERA CUP 12 minutes Race 3 13 minutes 1240 1250 THE ULTIMATE SPEED

COMPARISON 10 minutes 15 minutes 1305 1319 PIT STRAIGHT PRESENTATION 14 minutes 34 minutes 1350 1352 NATIONAL ANTHEM 2 minutes 8 minutes 1400 2003 FOSTERS AUSTRALIAN GRAND PRIX 59 Laps Race Peter Nelson. Secretary of the Meeting Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 12 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO ATTACHMENT A Car Driver 1 Mark Skaife 2 Todd Kelly 3 Cameron McConville 4 Marcos Ambrose 5 Glenn Seton 6 Craig Lowndes

7 Rodney Forbes 8 Paul Dumbrell 9 Russell Ingall 10 Mark Larkham 00 Greg Ritter 11 Steven Richards 15 Rick Kelly 16 Paul Weel 17 Steven Johnson 18 Max Wilson 19 David Besnard 20 Jason Bargwanna 21 Brad Jones 29 Paul Morris 31 Steve Ellery 33 Jamie Whincup 34 Garth Tander 44 Simon Wills 45 Jason Richards 50 Jason Bright 51 Greg Murphy 65 Paul Radisch 66 Dean Canto 69 Craig Baird 75 Anthony Tratt 88 John Bowe

V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 1 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 2003 FOSTER’S AUSTRALIAN GRAND PRIX CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/0903/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS 1. Clothing Requirement Each Driver must wear a patch as provided by the Promoters, on each Driver’s racing suit, located either on the upper chest or the front of one arm, which must be clearly visible at all times while the Driver is wearing the racing suit which must be worn at any promotional

appearances as required pursuant to the Supplementary Regulations. 2. City Square Autograph Session Supplementary Regulation 3.1.1 is deleted and replaced with the following: 3.1.1 City Square Autograph Session (Compulsory) – City Square, Swanston St; Wednesday March 5th,12:00 – 14:00 in two groups Martine Cousins will draw up a roster and advise teams. 3. Drivers’ Parade Supplementary Regulation 3.1.5 is deleted and replaced with the following: 3.1.5 Drivers’ Parade – Drivers to meet at the AVESCO Transporter

Saturday March 8th; 1255 – 1305 Drivers must be ready at the marshalling area by 1240. 4. Meeting Program Chapter 4 – Meeting Program is deleted and replaced with the following: (Note: The only change to V8 Supercar scheduled activities is the Drivers Parade as noted in Further Regulation 2.) CHAPTER 4 – MEETING PROGRAM (subject to change) 4.1 Wednesday 5 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 SUPERCAR 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 SUPERCAR Tyre Select 1400

1600 V8 SUPERCAR 2 hours Document Check V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 2 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.2 THURSDAY 6 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0830 V8 SUPERCAR Drivers Briefing 0930 0950 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 20 minutes Practice 0950 1002 V8 SUPERCAR 12 minutes Prize winner’s Hot Laps 13 minutes 1015 1035 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1050 1110 CARRERA CUP 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1125 1155 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR

SHOWDOWN 30 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1205 1235 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1250 1310 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1325 1345 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1355 1410 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC 15 minutes Demonstration 15 minutes 1425 1445 CARRERA CUP 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1500 1530 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 30 minutes Qualifying 20 minutes 1550 1615 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 25 minutes

Race 1 10 minutes 1625 1635 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 20 minutes 1650 1715 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 25 minutes Race 1 20 minutes 1735 1800 CARRERA CUP 25 minutes Race 1 V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 3 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.3 FRIDAY 7 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0830 1030 FORMULA ONE 2 hours Testing 30 minutes 1100 1200 FORMULA ONE 60 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1210 1215 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 5 minutes Parade

5 minutes 1220 1240 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1250 1300 REV GP KART CHALLENGE 10 minutes Qualifying 3 minutes 1303 1315 TRADING POST GRAND PRIX RALLY 12 minutes Parade Part 1 1400 1500 FORMULA ONE 60 minutes Qualifying 1 25 minutes 1525 1545 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 10 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1555 1610 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC 15 minutes Demonstration 10 minutes 1620 1630 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 20 minutes 1650 1710 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP

20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1715 1720 SHOW ‘N’ SHINE PRESENTED BY SHANNONS 5 minutes Parade Lap 15 minutes 1735 1800 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 25 minutes Race 2 V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 4 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.4 SATURDAY 8 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0900 0945 FORMULA ONE 45 minutes Practice 2 30 minutes 1015 1100 FORMULA ONE 45 minutes Practice 3 20 minutes 1120 1140 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes

1150 1205 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC 15 minutes Demonstration 20 minutes 1225 1245 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1255 1305 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 10 minutes Drivers Parade 15 minutes 1330 1345 FORMULA ONE 15 minutes Unofficial Practice 15 minutes 1400 1500 FORMULA ONE 60 minutes Qualifying 2 25 minutes 1525 1550 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 12 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1600 1610 REV GP KART CHALLENGE 10 minutes 15 minutes 1625 1645 CARRERA CUP 30 minutes

Race 2 10 minutes 1655 1705 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 8 minutes 1713 1725 TRADING POST GRAND PRIX RALLY 12 minutes Parade Part 2 15 minutes 1740 1800 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 20 minutes Race 3 V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 5 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.5 SUNDAY 9 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0930 0950 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 20 minutes Race 4 15 minutes 1005 1015 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC INCLUDING EXOTIC MARQUES 10 minutes Demonstration

22 minutes 1037 1057 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 10 laps Race 3 13 minutes 1110 1115 FORMULA ONE 5 minutes DRIVERS’ PHOTO 1115 1126 FORMULA ONE 11 minutes DRIVERS’ PARADE 14 minutes 1140 1155 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 15 minutes 5 minutes 1200 1205 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 5 minutes Parade 10 minutes 1215 1227 CARRERA CUP 12 minutes Race 3 13 minutes 1240 1250 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 15 minutes 1305 1319 PIT STRAIGHT PRESENTATION 14 minutes 34 minutes 1350 1352

NATIONAL ANTHEM 2 minutes 8 minutes 1400 2003 FOSTERS AUSTRALIAN GRAND PRIX 58 Laps Race Peter Nelson. Secretary of the Meeting Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd.

Further Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 10 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/1210/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1. TYRE SELECTION Supplementary Regulation 1.11 is deleted and replaced with the following: 1.11 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place on Wednesday 8 October at 1000 at the Dunlop facility located in the V8 Supercar Paddock.

2. MEDIA CONFERENCES Supplementary Regulations 3.2 is deleted and replaced with the following: 3.2 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.2.1 Thursday 9 October – (Top 5 Driver pairings) Immediately following Practice 2. 3.2.2 Friday 10 October -(Top 5 Driver pairings) Immediately following Qualifying. 3.2.3 Saturday 11 October - (Top 5 Drivers) Immediately following Shoot Out. 3.2.4 Sunday 12 October - (Top 3 Driver pairings) Immediately following the Race.

3. TENDER VEHICLE PASSES Each Team will be provided with one (1) Bathurst Tender Vehicle pass that will permit one (1) utility type vehicle, no larger than one tonne in load capacity, to park in the fenced-off V8 Transporter Paddock. No other type of passenger vehicle will be permitted inside this area. 4. PADDOCK AUTOGRAPH SESSIONS Supplementary Regulation 3.6.7 is deleted and replaced with the following: 3.6.7 Saturday 11 October, 1440 – 1510 5. DRIVERS PARADE LAP 5.1 Time: 0915 on Sunday 12 October (Drivers to be in place 0910)

5.2 Location: Main gate to Pit Lane from paddock located under the Bridge. (Pit Lane side) 5.3 Compulsory for all Drivers. Race suits must be worn. 6. VB CHALLENGE (SUNDAY) The Sunday VB Challenge will be conducted between 0820 and 0830 on Sunday 12 October. Further Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 7. NETWORK TEN SESSION The Network Ten On-Track session will be conducted between 1500 – 1510 on Friday 10 October 2003.

8. TRANSPORTER PARADE Supplementary Regulation 3.1 is deleted and replaced with the following: 3.1 TRANSPORTER PARADE - From Morse Park 3.2.1 Date: Tuesday 7 October 3.2.2 Time: 1000 9. USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS Further to Supplementary Regulation 2.9 is deleted and replaced with the following: 2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted on Saturday October 11 during Practice 4 and Sunday 12 October during the warm up session and the Race. At all times during these sessions and Race, the requirements of C18.4.4 must be

complied with by all Team members in Pit Lane. 10. MEETING SCHEDULE Supplementary Regulation 5.1 – 5.6 are deleted and replaced with the following: Further Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Tuesday 7 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 1000 Team Transporter Parade 1030 Team park up commences under the direction of the AOM 5.2 Wednesday 8 October Start Finish Description

Duration Session 1000 1600 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar 6 hours Document Check 1000 1600 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar Tyre Selection 1500 BJTM 1000 Organisers Meeting 1600 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar Team Managers’ Briefing 1700 1900 BJTM 1000 2 hours Autograph Session Further Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 5.3 Thursday 9 October Start Finish Description

Duration Session 0815 0835 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0850 0920 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0935 0955 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1010 1045 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1100 1200 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1215 1235 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1245 1315 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 15 minutes 1250 1350 Resident Access 60 minutes 15 minutes 1405 1415 Entertainment Session

10 minutes 5 minutes 1420 1520 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Practice 2 After Practice BJTM 1000 Media Conference Top 5 Driver pairings 15 minutes 1535 1555 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1605 1620 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 1615 1645 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 5 minutes 1625 1645 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1705 1725 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 1 Further Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000

© AVESCO 5.4 Friday 10 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0800 0835 Konica V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 0850 0910 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 0920 0940 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 5 minutes 0945 1045 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Practice 3 20 minutes 1105 1125 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1140 1240 Resident Access 60 minutes 1145 1215 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 1145 1215 Public Pit Walks 40 minutes 40 minutes

1255 1340 BJTM 1000 45 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%) 10 minutes 1350 1435 BJTM 1000 45 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying BJTM 1000 Media Conference Top 5 5 minutes 1440 1500 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 1500 1510 Network 10 Session 10 minutes 5 minutes 1515 1555 Konica V8 Supercar 40 minutes Qualifying After Qualifying Konica V8 Supercar Media Conference Top 5 1530 1600 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 20 minutes 1615 1635 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Race 1

20 minutes 1655 1715 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 2 1700 Konica V8 Supercar Drivers and Competitors Briefing Further Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 5.5 Saturday 11 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0745 0805 VB V8 Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 0815 0835 Konica V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm Up 0830 0900 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 0835 0855 Air Display 15 minutes 0855 0915 Historic Touring Cars

20 minutes Race 3 20 minutes 0935 0955 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Race 2 0955 1015 Air Display 20 minutes 1015 1115 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Practice 4 10 minutes 1125 1140 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 15 minutes 1155 1255 Resident Access 60 minutes 1200 BJTM 1000 Refuelling Safety Briefing 1230 1300 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Autograph Session 1205 1245 Public Pit Walks 40 minutes 25 minutes 1310 1330 Air Display 20 minutes 1330 Konica V8 Supercars Race 25 laps Race After Race Konica V8 Supercars Podium

Top 3 After Podium Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference Top 3 1440 1510 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 10 minutes 1445 1500 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 15 minutes 1515 1535 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 1535 1555 Air Display 20 minutes 1555 1640 BJTM 1000 45 minutes Top 10 Shoot Out After Shoot Out BJTM 1000 Media Conference Top 5 10 minutes 1650 1715 Safety Car Rides 25 minutes 1650 1715 Air Display 25 minutes 1730 BJTM 1000 Competitors and Drivers’ Briefing Further Regulations

Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 5.6 Sunday 12 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0715 0735 BJTM 1000 Warm-Up 20 minutes Warm Up 0735 0750 Air Display 15 minutes 0750 0810 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 0820 0945 Pre-race Activities 85 minutes 0820 0830 VB Challenge 10 minutes 0915 0925 V8 Supercar 10 minutes Drivers Parade 0930 Pit Lane Opens 0945 Pit Exit Closed 1000 1645 1745 BJTM 1000 161 laps Race

Race end BJTM 1000 Podium Presentation 30 minutes Top 3 Driver pairings After Podium BJTM 1000 Post Race Media Conference Top 3 Driver pairings David Kidd Secretary of the Meeting

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 1 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2303/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the “Clipsal 500 Adelaide” (hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”) which will also comprise Round 1 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, and will be held on the Adelaide Parklands 2 Circuit on 20 - 23, March 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: The South Australian Motor Sports Board, a body established pursuant to the (South Australian) Motor Sport Act 1984. P.O. Box V8, Kent Town, South Australia, 5000 Telephone: (08) 8212 8500, Facsimile: (08) 8212 6700 1.3.2 Organiser: The South Australian Motor Sports Board. 1.3.3 Organising Committee: , M Brock, A Daniels, M Drewer, J Mattner,. C. Smerdon, P. Hoffmann 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson &

Steve O’Connor 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Jack Holding 1.3.11 Clerk of Course: Lawrie Schmitt 1.3.12 Deputy Clerk of Course: Chris Green 1.3.13 Asst. Clerk of Course(s): Don Sims, Henk Duncan, Rob Mead 1.3.14 Judges of Fact:

(1) Start: Lawrie Schmitt, Chris Green, Henk Duncan (2) Finish: Barry Frost, Chris Green (3) Pit Lane Speed: Leslie Mathews, Greg Butler, Ken Benham, Shane Dwyer, Margaret Hall, V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO Andrea Sanders, Elsje Cole (4) Noise: Reg Marrat, David Bunker (5) Pit Lane Penalties: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow & Ray Robins 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 3.22 Kilometres

1.4.2Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3Track density: V8 Supercars – 35. 1.4.4Control Line: Is adjacent to the start/finish line. 1.4.5Notice Board: Located at the office of the Secretary of the Meeting. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Wednesday 19 March 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a

change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2There will be two Legs of 78 laps, which combined will be regarded as constituting Round One of the VCS; and each leg will include two Compulsory Pit Stops. 1.6.3Although Round One is a Sprint Round of the VCS, Start procedures for both legs will be those used for Endurance Rounds as provided in Rule D8.2. 1.6.4The first three (3) place getters of each Leg will be awarded points according to Rule D

14.4.3 but the first three (3) place getters of the “Clipsal 500 Adelaide” will be the first three (3) place getters of Leg two, regardless of the total number of points accumulated by any driver. 1.6.5Other awards and conditions are those contained in the Rules. 1.6.6At the end of each Leg, the first three (3) cars must return to the pit lane where they will be directed by officials to an area for the presentation. All other competitors must also return to the pit lane. 1.6.7At the end of Leg two, the left hand side (the “fast lane”) of the pit lane will become parc

ferme and, as such, will be a secure area to which only authorised officials will have access (Rule D 13). 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO PADDOCK 1.8.1Teams will be permitted to enter the Paddock with service vehicles between 06:00 hrs and 08:00 hrs on each day. 1.8.2Service vehicles must be removed from the Paddock area before 08:00 hrs. each day.

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the

Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each race Car will be allocated the following passes: 3 x VIP Car passes for the Teams carpark which is situated at Gate 2, the entry to which is through the gate at the corner of Angas Street and East Terrace; and

1 x Corporate Car pass for the Corporate carpark, access to which is via Gate 1 on the corner of Halifax and East Terrace. 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to Teams by the AOM. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place on Wednesday 19 March at 10:00 at the Dunlop facility located near the central garage area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine

Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of such intention. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1720 and 1750 on Friday 21 March. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO

CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors will conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 20 March at the AVESCO Transporter 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1500 on Thursday 20 March and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 15:00 on Thursday 20 March in the Park Lounge Bar located in the SAJC Complex (grandstands on other

side of track behind V8 Supercar paddock), adjacent to the Fullarton Road and Eastern Side of track. Access from the V8 Supercar Paddock is over the footbridge behind paddock, through "Holden Heaven" and into base of SAJC complex. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 10:30 on Saturday 22 March in the Park Lounge Bar. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.4.2 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in either race for the V8 Supercars; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will

determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the race. 2.5.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions.

2.5.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from pit lane, as the Car crosses the control (timing) line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.6 When the Car crosses the control (timing) line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter pit lane via the pit entry lane.

2.5.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled

start time of the session. 2.5.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence it’s timed lap. 2.5.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the race. 2.6 TYRES

2.6.1 At the end of the Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or changed weather conditions at the commencement of Leg 1, must be used to start Leg 1. 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Shootout but not used to start Leg 1, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.7 RACE GRID POSITIONS

2.7.1 Subject to Rule D 5, race grid positions for Leg 1 will be determined by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session or the “Shootout”, whichever is applicable. 2.7.2 Grid positions for Leg 2 will be based on the finishing position of each driver in Leg 1. 2.7.3 Unless otherwise determined by the Series Stewards; 2.7.3.1 any drivers who do not finish Leg 1 may be permitted to start in Leg 2 from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or race time

(whichever is applicable); and 2.7.3.2 drivers who had qualified to start in Leg 1 but were unable to so start, may be permitted to start in Leg 2 from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.7.3.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or race time (whichever is applicable). 2.8 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.8.1 During each of the two Legs, there will be two (2) compulsory pit stops. 2.8.2 At one of these CPSs, each car must have all four wheels/tyres changed; the

replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D11.1.4 applies. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.8.3 At the other CPS, each Car must be refuelled. It is strictly forbidden to change any wheels/tyres during this CPS. 2.8.5 Subject to the preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.8.2 and 2.8.3, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. 2.8.6 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps

completed by the leading car: lap number 2 and lap number 57. 2.8.7 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that line separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 2.8.8 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit

before entering the pit access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.8.9 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop at which a Car is refuelled, Rule D 11.9 will apply and must be obeyed. 2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted on Saturday 22 March and Sunday 23 March 2003. At all times during the warm up and race on these days, the requirements of C18.4.4

must be complied with by all team members in Pit Lane. 2.10 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.10.1 A maximum of one only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.10.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.10.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams

“paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.11 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be displayed from turn 10, out of Wakefield Road: the Black Flag, the Black Flag with Orange Disc and the Black and White Diagonal Flag. 2.12 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.12.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of

the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.12.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.12.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.13 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.13.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being

displayed at the flag point for Turn 13 flag point. 2.13.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.14 PODIUM PRESENTATION V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by

the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA 3.1.1 Drivers’ Autograph Session – TBA 3.1.2 Meet The Public (Top 16 Drivers from qualifying in two groups) - V8 Supercar Paddock Area opposite pit garages. 3.1.2.1 Group 1 14:00 – 14:30 Thursday 20 March 3.1.2.2 Group 2 15:00 – 15:30 Friday 21 March 3.1.2.3 Group 3 09:00 – 09:30 Saturday 22 March 3.1.2.4 Group 4 09:00 – 09:30 Sunday 23 March 3.1.2.5 Martine Westbrook will draw up a roster and advise teams.

3.1.3 V8 Supercar Drivers’ Parade (Compulsory); Sunday 23 March. 3.1.2.1 Commences 11:40 3.1.2.2 All drivers to Assemble at the AVESCO Transporter at 11:20. 3.1.4 Media Conferences – all held at the circuit Media Centre 3.1.4.1 Qualifying (Top 5); Immediately following Qualifying Friday 21 March. 3.1.4.2 Leg 1 (Top 3); Immediately following Leg 1 Saturday 22 March. 3.1.4.3 Leg 2 (Top 3); Immediately following Leg 2 Sunday 23 March. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8

V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO CHAPTER 4 - SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 CARE FOR PARKLANDS Competitors must be aware that the Adelaide Parklands are a valuable asset to the host community, so all Teams are required to treat the areas available within the Parklands with respect and discretion to minimize any adverse environmental impact. 4.2 FUEL STORAGE - GARAGES The maximum quantity of fuel that can be stored in any location at any time is 250 litres,

except that a maximum of 450 litres of fuel may be stored in any location only for a period of less than 12 hours. CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 WEDNESDAY 19 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars Document Checking 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars Scrutineering 1000 Konica V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1500 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 Konica V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 5.2 THURSDAY 20 MARCH 0830 0845 Group N Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0900 0920 Australian Production Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 20 minutes 0940 1015 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Practice 1 20 minutes 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Checking 1000 1500 V8 Supercars 5 hours Scrutineering 1035 1055 GT Performance 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1110 1125 Saloon Cars Australia

20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1140 1200 Nations Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1215 1230 Group N Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1250 1325 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 20 minutes 1345 1405 V8 BRutes 20 minutes Practice 1 1400 1430 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Autograph Session 1 15 minutes 1420 1440 Saloon Cars Australia 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1455 1515 Formula 3 20 minutes Practice 1 1500 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 15 minutes

1530 1550 Australian Production Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 20 minutes 1610 1630 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying 10 minutes 1640 1700 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying 20 minutes 1720 1740 V8 BRutes 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1755 1810 Saloon Cars Australia 8 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1825 1840 Group N Historic Touring Cars 7 laps Race 1 20 minutes 1900 1930 Konica V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 5.3 FRIDAY 21 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0850 Australian Production Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 0905 0925 GT Performance 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 0940 1015 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1030 1050 V8 BRutes 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1105 1125 Formula 3 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1140 1215 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes

1230 1250 Nations Cup 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1305 1325 GT Performance 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1340 1400 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying 5 minutes 1405 1425 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying 1425 1430 Network Ten On-Track Activity 15 minutes 1445 1505 Formula 3 20 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1525 1545 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm-up 20 minutes 1605 1635 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Top 10 Shootout 15 minutes 1650 1705 Australian Production Cars

15 minutes Race 1 – 8 laps 15 minutes 1720 1750 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 40 minutes 1830 1933 Konica V8 Supercars 40 laps Race Race End Konica V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After podium Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 5.4 SATURDAY 22 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0850 Nations Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 0905 0925 Formula 3

20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 0935 0950 Farmers Union Iced Coffee Kart Challenge 15 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1000 1015 GT Performance 9 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1030 V8 Supercars Drivers Briefing 1030 1045 V8 BRutes 8 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1055 1110 Farmers Union Iced Coffee Kart Challenge 3 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1120 1140 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm-up 15 minutes 1155 1215 Nations Cup 12 laps Race 1 1225 1245 VB Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 1255 1315 Formula 3

12 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars Pit exit open 1345 V8 Supercars Pit exit closed 1400 CLIPSAL 500 ADELAIDE 78 laps Leg 1 Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1630 1645 V8 BRutes 7 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1700 1715 Australian Production Cars 8 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1730 1745 GT Performance 9 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1800 1815 Saloon Cars Australia 8 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1830 1910 Nations Cup 30 laps Race 2 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 12 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 5.5 SUNDAY 23 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0845 GT Performance 9 laps Race 3 15 minutes 0900 0915 Farmers Union Iced Coffee Kart Challenge 3 laps Race 2 15 minutes 0930 0950 Formula 3 12 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1005 1025 Nations Cup 12 laps Race 3 15 minutes 1040 1100 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm-up 10 minutes 1110 1115 CAMS 50th Anniversary Parade 5 minutes 1115 1120 Clipsal Adelaide Rally Parade

5 minutes 1120 1135 Ford Demonstration 15 minutes 5 minutes 1140 1155 V8 Supercars 15 minutes Drivers Parade 10 minutes 1205 1220 Group N Historic Touring Cars 7 laps Race 2 5 minutes 1225 1245 VB Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 1255 1310 V8 BRutes 7 laps Race 3 20 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars Pit exit open 1345 V8 Supercars Pit exit closed 1350 National Anthem 1400 CLIPSAL 500 ADELAIDE 78 laps Leg 2 Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After podium V8 Supercars Media conference

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND - 11 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2610/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “2003 Lexmark Indy 300” (“the Meeting”), which will also comprise Round 11 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series - the Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge, and will be held at the Surfers Paradise Street Circuit on 23 - 26

October 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National event.

1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Gold Coast Motor Events Corporation P.O. Box 3007 Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6800; Facsimile: (07) 5588 6899 1.3.2 Organiser: Gold Coast Motor Events Corporation P.O. Box 3007 Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6800; Facsimile: (07) 5588 6899 1.3.3 Organising Committee: James O’Brien, Julie Shannon & John Jones. 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Garth Wigston, Peter Svensson & Keith Morris. 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director:

Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager: Ray Robins 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: John Jones 1.3.12 Clerk of Course: Paul Overell 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Bob Wilkinson (2) Finish: Bob Wilkinson (3) Pit Lane Speed: To be confirmed by Bulletin

(4) Noise: Dave Wood (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Garry Bailey & Ray Robins Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 4.5 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 32. 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located outside the administration office of the V8 Supercar paddock area. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the

Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Wednesday 22 October, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be two Races each of 22 laps, each including one Compulsory Pit Stop to change tyres.

1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.6.4 Where two or more drivers are tied on Championship Points at the end of the Meeting, order of places will be determined by the best placed driver in the last Race being assigned the highest position. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT AND PADDOCK

Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 0800 on Wednesday 22 October and must be out of the Paddock by 1800 on Tuesday 28 October. No access to the V8 Supercar Paddock is permitted prior to Wednesday 22 October. 1.9 PIT LANE ALLOCATION Will be made pursuant to Rule D2 by AVESCO Assistant Operations Manager, Ray Robins. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes,

the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM. 1.10.4 The Series Accreditation Cards will give Pit Lane access only during V8 Supercar sessions or races. 1.10.5 Series “Paddock” accreditation will not provide access into the CART Garage area other than for Team members on tender vehicles during V8 Supercar sessions.

1.10.6 AVESCO Series Vehicle Passes will not be recognised by the Organisers at this Meeting. Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO office, each Competitor will be allocated the following passes for each Car entered: 1 x Tender vehicle Paddock Car Pass, that will permit one utility type vehicle no larger than 4 tonne in load capacity into the V8

Supercar Paddock. 1.11 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 1000, Thursday 23 October at the Dunlop facility located in the Paddock area. 1.12 MEETING RIDES 1.12.1 There will be no meeting rides at this meeting. CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change or add any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted from 1000 to

1600 Thursday 23 October at the AVESCO transporter. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted from 1000 to 1600 Thursday 23 October in each Competitor’s allocated garage area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Thursday 23 October in Margot’s Room at the Gold Coast International Hotel on Staghorn Ave. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1800 on Friday 24 October in Margot’s Room at the Gold Coast International Hotel on Staghorn Ave.

Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 The list of 32 eligible Cars entered for this Meeting is attached as Attachment 1. 2.3.2 Attachment 1 will contain the highest placed 32 cars entered for this Meeting in Championship order by Car after Round 9. 2.3.3 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based

on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.3.4 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.4.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards.

2.4.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 2.4.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for Race 1. 2.4.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions.

2.4.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.4.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers

must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.4.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.4.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.4.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap.

2.4.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.4.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.5 TYRES. 2.5.1 At the end of the Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at

the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start that Race. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Shootout but not used to start the first Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.6 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.6.1 There will be one CPS for each Car in each Race during which all four wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those

removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. 2.6.2 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading car: lap 2 and lap 16. 2.6.3 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the pit lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.6.4 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race

circuit before entering the pit lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.6.5 Any other work on the car (other than refuelling) may also be undertaken at the CPS. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 2.7 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.7.1 Teams will only be permitted to use Pit bay booms during the races on Saturday

25 October and Sunday 26 October only. 2.7.2 A maximum of one (1) only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. 2.7.3 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.7.4 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars

“paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.8 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 8.4 (located on driver’s left midway between turns 8 and 9): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.9 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.9.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the on which the Car enters Pit Lane in

response to the Black flag, in that session. 2.9.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.9.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.10 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.10.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane

access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction. 2.10.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

2.12 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 23 October. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.13 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 OFF TRACK AUTOGRAPH SESSIONS – Broadbeach Mall

3.1.1 Thursday 23 October 3.1.2 Drivers: Group “B”, 1600 – 1700 3.1.3 Drivers: Group “C”, 1700 – 1800 3.2 ONTRACK AUTOGRAPH SESSIONS – Bowl Area 3.2.1 Friday 24 October 1100 – 1130, Drivers: Mark Skaife, Todd Kelly, John Bowe, Brad Jones & Craig Baird. Drivers will be collected from the AVESCO Transporter 15 minutes before the start of the session. 3.2.2 Saturday 25 October 1315 – 1345, Drivers: Garth Tander, Jamie Whincup, Steven Johnson, Max Wilson & Anthony Tratt. Drivers will be collected from Pit Lane at

the conclusion of the Shoot Out. 3.3 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Circuit Media Centre 3.3.1 Friday 24 October – (Top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.3.2 Saturday 25 October – (Top 3) Immediately following Race 1 3.3.3 Sunday 26 October – (Top 3) immediately following Race 2 3.4 DRIVERS PARADE – Pit Lane 3.4.1 Saturday 25 October at 1515 3.4.2 All Drivers to assemble in Driving Suits at 1510 Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO

CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PADDOCK AREA The V8 Supercar paddock will be situated some distance from the pit area and Cars will be driven to pit lane in convoy at the appropriate time; any Car not able to proceed to pit lane when called may be unable to participate in the relevant practice session or event. The support paddock is divided into a number of main areas. Access is not permitted to V8 Supercar support paddock without first checking with the AVESCO Assistant Operations

Manager, Ray Robins, to place competitors correctly. ACCESS TO V8 SUPERCARS IS NOT ALLOWED UNTIL 0800 WEDNESDAY 22 OCTOBER. Any structure erected within the V8 Supercar Paddock area must be freestanding i.e. no pegs or similar items may be used and nothing may be inserted into the bitumen surface of this area. Competitors will be provided with one (1) tender vehicle pass which is not to be used for private vehicles as space does not allow their inclusion within the area. Competitors presenting at the paddock entry gate without necessary tender pass will be

turned back by security. Attention to the space problem by all is a MUST. NOTE: The area will be secured each night and the access gates manned. Paddock Prohibition: Competitors are reminded that they are responsible for notifying sponsors and other associated persons or groups, that corporate type hospitality arrangements are prohibited from the paddock area. Lack of attention to this matter is likely to cause embarrassment. The Promoter provides general security to the Paddock area (including nightly patrols

with dogs), however each Competitor is responsible for the security of the Competitor’s property at all times. 4.2 ADMINISTRATION BUILDINGS To better administer the support categories, the Secretary of the Meeting and Stewards office have been located in the V8 Supercar support paddock area. 4.3 PROMOTION PERSONNEL Competitors are advised that NO promotional personnel or signage will gain access to the grid prior to practice, qualifying or racing without written authority of the Promoter.

4.4 POWER SUPPLY 4.4.1 The Organisers will provide 240 volt mains power to each competing Team in the V8 Supercar support paddock. 4.4.2 The Organisers will provide 240 volts mains power, and timing feed via cable along the rear wall in Pit Lane. 4.5 MERCHANDISING REQUIREMENTS The sale of all or any merchandising items, or promotional items is prohibited unless licensed approval is provided by Gold Coast Motor Events Co. For all enquires with regards to selling or promoting your merchandise you MUST contact Michelle Ramsey on (07)

5588 6854. Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Thursday 23 October Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0820 GT Performance 20 minutes Practice 0835 0855 Nations Cup 20 minutes Practice 0855 0910 Air Display 0910 0930 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 0945 1005 V8 Brutes 20 minutes Practice 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 1600 V8 Supercars

6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre selection 1005 1020 Air Display 15 minutes 1020 1040 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 15 minutes 1055 1115 GT Performance 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1130 1150 Nations Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1205 1225 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1240 1300 V8 Brutes 20 minutes Qualifying 1300 1315 Air Display 15 minutes 1315 1335 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 15 minutes 1350 1410 GT Performance 20 minutes Race 1

1410 1425 Air Display 15 minutes 1425 1445 Nations Cup 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1500 1520 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1530 1550 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 15 minutes 1600 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 1605 1625 V8 Brutes 20 minutes Race 1 20 minutes 1645 1800 Champ Car 75 minutes On track Orientation Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 5.2 Friday 24 October Start

Finish Category Duration Session 0745 0805 GT Performance 20 minutes Race 2 0805 0820 Air Display 15 minutes 0820 0840 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 0840 0900 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 0900 0935 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 0935 1000 V8 Supercars 25 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1000 1050 Champ Cars 50 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1100 1130 Pace Car Activity 30 minutes Includes Air Display 1100 1130 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Autograph Session 10 minutes 1140 1230

Champ Cars 50 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1245 1305 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 1305 1325 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 1325 1400 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 1400 1415 V8 Supercars 15 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1415 1445 Pace Car Activity 30 minutes Includes Air Display 15 minutes 1500 1600 Champ Cars 60 minutes Qualifying 1 1600 1615 Air Display 15 minutes 1615 1630 V8 Supercars 15 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 1630 1650 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying

Lower 50% 5 minutes 1655 1715 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Upper 50% After Qualifying V8 Supercars Media Conference 1715 1735 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1735 1755 V8 Brutes 20 minutes Race 2 1800 V8 Supercar Competitor and Drivers Briefing 45 minutes 1840 1900 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 1900 2030 Drags 90 minutes Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday 25 October

Start Finish Category Duration Session 0755 0815 GT Performance 20 minutes Race 3 0815 0835 Air Display 20 minutes 0835 0855 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 0855 0915 VB Challenge 20 minutes 0915 0945 Pace Car Activity 30 minutes Includes Air Display 15 minutes 1000 1115 Champ Cars 75 minutes Practice 3 1115 1145 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 1145 1205 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1215 1255 V8 Supercars 40 minutes Top 10 Shoot Out 1255 1300 V8 Supercars

5 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1300 1330 Pace Car Activity 30 minutes Includes Air Display 1315 1345 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Autograph Session 15 minutes 1345 1445 Champ Cars 60 minutes Qualifying 2 1445 1505 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 1505 1550 Pre Race Activities 45 minutes 1515 V8 Supercar Drivers Parade Lap 1550 V8 Supercars 22 Laps Race 1 After Race V8 Supercars Media Conference 1650 1710 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1710 1730 Nations Cup 20 minutes

Race 2 15 minutes 1745 1805 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday 26 October Start Finish Category Duration Session 0730 0750 V8 Brutes 20 minutes Race 3 15 minutes 0805 0825 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 0825 0840 Air Display 15 minutes 0840 0900 Nations Cup 20 minutes Race 3 0900 0920 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 0920 0940 V8 Supercars

20 minutes Warm Up 0940 1000 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1000 1030 Pace Car Activity 30 minutes 15 minutes 1045 1115 Champ Cars 30 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1125 1155 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 1155 V8 Supercars 22 laps Race 2 Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 1255 1310 V8 Supercars 15 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1310 1340 Pace Car Activity 30 minutes Includes Air Display 10 minutes 1350 Champ Cars Grid Cars

1350 1430 Pre Race Activity 40 minutes 1403 1413 VB Challenge 10 minutes 5 minutes 1435 1645 Lexmark Indy 300 65 laps 5 minutes 1650 1705 CART Podium Presentation John Jones Secretary of the Meeting Supplementary Regulations Page 12 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO ATTACHMENT 1 Car Entrant 1 Holden Racing Team 2 Holden Racing Team 3 Lansvale Smash Repairs 4 Stone Brothers Racing 5 Ford Performance Racing 6 Ford Performance Racing

8 Castrol Perkins Racing 9 Stone Brothers Racing 10 Orrcon Racing 11 Castrol Perkins Racing 15 K-Mart Racing Team 16 PWR – Team Brock 17 Dick Johnson Racing 18 Dick Johnson Racing 19 Ford Performance Racing 20 Orrcon Racing 21 Ozemail Racing 021 Team Kiwi Racing 23 INXS Team Ford 29 Sirromet - Life / Style / Wine 31 Steve Ellery Racing 33 Garry Rogers Motorsport 34 Garry Rogers Motorsport 44 Team Dynamik 45 Team Dynamik 50 PWR – Team Brock 51 K-Mart Racing Team 65 Triple Eight Race Engineering

66 Triple Eight Race Engineering 75 Paul Little Racing 99 Thexton Motor Racing 888 Ozemail Racing

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 13 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/3011/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the “VIP Petfoods Main Event” - Round 13 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at Eastern Creek International Raceway, NSW, on 27 - 30 November 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1Promoter: AVESCO Events Pty Ltd P.O. Box 607, Southport, QLD 4215 Telephone: (07) 5526 3564 Facsimile: (07) 5526 3461 1.3.2Organiser: Australian Racing Drivers’ Club P.O. Box 6747, Blacktown Delivery Centre, NSW, 2148 Telephone: (02) 9672 1000 Facsimile: (02) 9672 0208 1.3.3Organising Committee: Brian Goulding, Shane Howard, Steve Preece, Anna Sadler & Sam Redfern 1.3.4V8 Supercar Stewards Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson & Barry Cockayne

1.3.5V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager: Ray Robins 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Brian Goulding 1.3.12 Clerk of Course Steve Preece 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: S. Williams, M. Hancock & D. Miller (2) Finish:

P. Coogan, S. Williams & M. Hancock (3) Pit Lane Speed: P.Lynn, A.Halford, B.McKAy & R.Redfern (4) Noise: G. Robson, Dave Martin (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins, Garry Bailey Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 3.93 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3AVESCO Permitted Track density: V8 Supercars – 35 1.4.4Notice Board:

Located at the Race Secretary's office on the outside of the Western wall. 1.4.5Stewards Office: Located on the Ground Floor of the Control Tower 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Wednesday 26 November, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series

Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2There will be two Races for V8 Supercars: 1.6.2.1 one Race of 39 laps on Saturday 29 November in which there will be one Compulsory Pit Stop; and 1.6.2.2 one Race of 64 laps on Sunday 30 November, in which there will be two Compulsory Pit Stops. 1.6.3 Although Round 13 is a Sprint Round of the VCS, start procedures for Race 2 will

be those used for Endurance Rounds as provided in Rule D8.2. 1.6.4 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. Where two or more drivers are tied on Championship Points at the end of the Meeting, order of places will be determined by the best placed driver in the last Race being assigned the highest position. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence.

1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit via gates 7 and 7b on Wednesday 26 November by arrangement with the AOM and from 0700 on Thursday 27 November to set up in the paddock area. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers.

1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM. 1.10.4 The Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised at this Meeting.

1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 1000 on Thursday 27 November at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of such intention. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out

in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1535 and 1605 on Friday 28 November. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change or add any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted from 1000 to 1600 Thursday 27 November at the AVESCO transporter.

2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted from 1000 to 1600 Thursday 27 November in each Competitor’s allocated garage area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitor’s Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Thursday 27 November in the Horsley Centre located at the Control Tower end of the Pit Lane Corporate Suites. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Friday 28 November in the Horsley Centre located at the Control Tower end of the Pit Lane

Corporate Suites. NOTE: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, their relevant briefing/s, unless excused by the Series Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING Qualifying for this meeting will be conducted by a Shootout for the entire field. 2.4 ENTIRE FIELD SHOOTOUT 2.4.1 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for all drivers. 2.4.2 The Shootout will determine all places on the starting grid for Race 1. 2.4.3 The starting order for the Shootout will be randomly drawn.

Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 2.4.4 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.5 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver

must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.4.6 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.4.7 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.4.8 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the

scheduled start time of the session. 2.4.9 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.4.10 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.4.11 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Races.

2.5 TYRES 2.5.1 At the end of the Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start Race 1. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Shootout but not used to start the first Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.6 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.6.1There will be one CPS for each Car in Race 1 during which all four wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. 2.6.1.2The CPS in Race 1 must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Lap 2 and lap 27 2.6.2 There will be two CPS for each Car in Race 2. 2.6.2.1 At one of these CPSs, each Car must have all four wheels/tyres changed;

the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D11.1.4 applies. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.6.2.2 At the other CPS, each Car must be refuelled. It is strictly forbidden to change any wheels/tyres during this CPS. 2.6.2.3 Each CPS in Race 2 must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Lap 2 and lap 48. 2.6.3 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or

imagined) that separates the race circuit from the pit lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 2.6.4 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the pit access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control

Line to open the window. 2.6.5 Subject to preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.6.1 and 2.6.2, any other work (other than refuelling) may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. 2.7 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.7.1 A maximum of one (1) only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. 2.7.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.7.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams

“paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.8 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted during the Warm Up and Race on Sunday 30 November 2003. At all times during the warm up and Race on this day, the requirements of C18.4.4 must be complied with by all team members in Pit Lane. 2.9 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be

displayed from Flag Point 9.3 (on driver’s left): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.10 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.10.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the Car enters Pit Lane in response to the Black flag, in that session. 2.10.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session.

2.10.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.12 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 27 November.

All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.13 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 2.14 DRUG TESTING Full screen drug testing may be conducted at this meeting. Please see the attached memo from CAMS for more information. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.1.1 Post Practice – Friday 28 November (top 5) after Practice 2.

3.1.2 Post Race 1 – Saturday 29 November (top 3) end of Race. 3.1.3 Post Race 2 – Sunday 30 November (top 3) after Podium. 3.2 AUTOGRAPH SESSION – Venue to be advised 3.1.1 Martine Cousins to advise under separate cover. CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 END OF PRACTICE, QUALIFYING & RACES 4.1.1 At the conclusion of each practice and qualifying session and at the end of each Race, (indicated by the chequered flag at the start/finish line on the main straight) drivers must continue around the circuit and use the pit entry lane to return to their

pit garages, subject to directions from officials. 4.1.2 Any driver whose Car enters the paddock area through the back gate during any Race will be excluded from that Race. 4.2 TUCK WASHING A new truck washing bay is located on the paddock entrance road just after the tunnel near the medical centre. This is the only place where vehicles of any type can be washed due to the current NSW water restrictions. HEAVY FINES APPLY. CHAPTER 5 SCHEDULE 5.1 Thursday Start Finish Category

Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars Document Check 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 V8 Supercars Scrutineering 1200 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 5.2 Friday Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0930 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0940 1005 MGF 25 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1015 1030

Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1040 1110 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1120 1135 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1150 1225 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1235 1300 MGF 25 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1310 1340 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1350 1405 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1420 1455 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2 After Practice V8 Supercar Media Conference

10 minutes 1505 1530 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1535 1605 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1615 1630 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1640 1655 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 1 5 minutes 1700 1730 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Meeting Rides 1730 V8 Supercar Drivers & Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday Start Finish Category Duration

Session 0900 0915 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes Stunt Bikes in Pit Straight 5 minutes 0920 0940 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 0950 1010 Formula 4000 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1015 1030 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1040 1055 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 1110 1255 V8 Supercar 1hr 45 min Entire Field Shootout 10 minutes 1305 1335 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1345 1410 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1420 1430 Aussie Racing Cars

10 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1500 V8 Supercar 39 laps Race 1 After Race V8 Supercar Media Conference 10 minutes 1610 1630 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1640 1650 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 1655 1710 Stunt Bikes 15 minutes 5 minutes 1715 1735 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 1 Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Safety Car Rides

15 minutes Stunt Bikes in Pit Straight 5 minutes 0920 0940 MGF 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 0950 1010 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1020 1035 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 4 15 minutes 1050 1110 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1120 1140 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1150 1205 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 1210 1225 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1235 1255 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1305 1325 MGF 20 minutes

Race 2 10 minutes 1335 1400 Pre Race Activities 25 minutes Includes Stunt Bikes 1335 1345 Driver Parade Lap 1400 Pit Lane Opens Front of grid free for pre race activities 1415 Pit Lane Closes 15 minutes 1430 V8 Supercars 64 Laps Race 2 Race End V8 Supercars 30 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference B Goulding Secretary of the Meeting Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd A.B.N 55 069 045 665 851 Dandenong Road, Malvern East, Victoria, 3145 PO Box 147, Caulfield East, Victoria, 3145

Telephone: 03 9593 7777 Facsimile: 03 9593 7700 International Tel: +61 3 9593 7777 International Fax: +61 3 9593 7700 www.cams.com.au Re: Drug Testing In order to fulfill its obligations as a sport in which both competitors and officials receive assistance from the Australian Sports Commission, CAMS is obliged to conduct a certain education, prevention and detection activities in relation to its Drugs in Sport policy. This policy has been well publicised and is printed in full on pages 2-25 to 2-32 of the 2003 CAMS Manual

of Motor Sport. A significant part of the CAMS obligation is to actually test competitors for the presence of prohibited substances in their body and testing may be carried out at any event which is held under a CAMS permit. Full screen drug testing may only be undertaken by the Australian Sports Drug Agency (ASDA) which is a government funded organisation, and is a part of the Australian Sports Commission. It will also analyise the results on behalf of CAMS. The CAMS Drugs in Sport Policy also provides for competitors, with aliments or chronic medical conditions

for which medication (which may otherwise be prohibited under the Policy) is necessary in order for the competitor to sustain a reasonable quality of life, to request a dispensation to use that medication whilst competing in motor sport. This is commonly referred to as a “therapeutic dispensation”. It will be necessary for all competitors who are being prescribed any form of medications for asthma to have their doctor complete a CAMS form (available on the CAMS website) and a statement and for those to be issued to CAMS.

When a full screen drug test is chosen, for any competitor whose name appears on the register it will be assumed that this class of drug does exist in their sample. Should a competitor not appear on the list of registered names, then the tests will be undertaken and if they prove positive, will be prosecuted in accordance with the Drugs in Sport Policy Therefore, it is important that each competitor considers their situation carefully and informs CAMS if they have a medical condition, for which treatment of that condition requires any prohibited being prescribed by

a doctor. In the meantime, please be aware that active full screen drug testing may be carried out at any event which is held under the auspices of a CAMS permit. This will involve the taking of a urine sample from the competitor, which will occur at the completion of an event. If, as a competitor, you are chosen, the following general procedure will be followed: • Should a competitor be chosen for full screen drug testing, they will be notified as soon as possible after the event (e.g. when they arrive at the parc ferme or presentation area etc) and will be introduced to a

ASDA representative, who will act as a chaperone for the selected driver and they will be required to be all times in sight of the competitor between the finish of the event and the time the sample is given. • During the period the competitor is under the observation of the chaperone, it is recommended that only those substances which will be approved by ASDA may be consumed. In reality this will be a selection of drinks which will not further pollute the competitors body with unwanted substances.

• Following any official functions (presentations, media conferences etc.) the chaperone will generally accompany the competitor to a drug control facility where the chaperone will wait with the competitor until a sample is given. Naturally, it may not be possible to offer the sample immediately. A fair amount of latitude is offered to the mobility of the competitor at this time. For instance attending a team debriefing session etc is foreseen. The main stipulation is that any where the competitors goes, so does

the chaperone! • The chaperone is required to evidence the actual offering of the sample. • The samples will then be divided in to specially designed sample bottles, and sealed by the competitor in the presence of the ASDA Drug Control Officer. • Once the sample is given, the competitor is free to resume normal post event activity. As mentioned above, further information regarding the CAMS Drugs in Sport Policy can be found on pages 2-25 to 2-32 of the 2003 CAMS Manual of Motor Sport.

We would be obliged if you could inform your competitors of the above information as soon as possible. Any competitors wishing to further discuss the matter may wish to contact Bruce Keys, (03) 9593 7778 or CAMS Chief Medical Assessor, Dr Geoff Wigley. Yours sincerely Bruce Keys Manager - Safety and Medical Services

Further Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 13 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/3011/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS 1. MEETING RIDES 1.1 For this meeting Rule E1.6 has been deleted. 1.2 Teams will not be permitted to complete a warm up during the Meeting Rides session on Friday 28 November 2003. 2. QUALIFYING Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying

time achieved during the Shootout session will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 3. ERECTING STRUCTURES In line with Workplace Health and Safety guidelines all structures must be held in place with above ground ballast. Spikes must not be driven into the ground anywhere in the Paddock area. 4. TEAM CATERING In order to comply with the requirements placed by the local authorities on the Eastern Creek Circuit, Teams must comply with the following:

- All BBQs must be shielded from public view. - BBQs must be placed next as far away from the Garages as possible. - All local fire regulations in regard to its location to flammable substances must be adhered to. - A 9kg Fire Extinguisher and a bucket of water must be present at all times that the BBQ is in use. - All local health regulations must be abided by with regard to food preparation. 5. ELECTRICAL SAFETY Teams are responsible for the safe use of electricity in their garage and paddock area

and must ensure that they comply with Workplace Health and Safety requirements. Any electrical work should be organised through the official event electrical supplier, who can be contacted through the promoter. 6. CAMPING No camping is permitted anywhere inside the Eastern Creek circuit. 7. TRUCK WASH A reminder to all Teams that a new truck washing bay is located on the paddock entrance road just after the tunnel near the medical centre. This is the only place where vehicles of

any type can be washed due to the current NSW water restrictions. HEAVY FINES APPLY. Further Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 8. SHOOTOUT DRAW 8.1 Date: Saturday 29 November 8.2 Time: 0800 – 0830 8.3 Venue: Pit Lane 8.4 Drivers: ALL 8.5 Format: 33 winners from pre-ticket sales promotion will each draw driver name followed by shootout starting position. 9. AUTOGRAPH SESSION – ON TRACK 8.1 Date: Sunday 30 November

8.2 Time: 0900 – 0930 8.3 Venue: Triple M Stage, Drivers to meet at 8.50am at AVESCO Transporter 8.4 Drivers: Jason Bright, Paul Weel, Craig Baird, Garth Tander, Jamie Whincup, David Besnard, John Bowe, Brad Jones, Jason Bargwanna, Mark Noske B Goulding Secretary of the Meeting

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 12 MOTORSPORT NEW ZEALAND PERMIT NUMBER: (31147) SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as “The PlaceMakers V8 International ” - Round 12 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be

held at Pukekohe Park Raceway, New Zealand on 6 - 9 November 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued.

1.2.2 The Meeting will be an International Meeting. 1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: International Marketing Group (IMG) P.O. Box 74-447, Auckland, New Zealand Tel: 64-9-5225346 Fax: 64-9-5225421 1.3.2 Organisers: The MotorSport Company Ltd P.O. Box 3793, Wellington, New Zealand Tel: 64-4-801 9559 Fax: 64-4-801 8558 New Zealand International Grand Prix (Auck) Inc. P.O. Box 11-129, Ellerslie, Auckland, New Zealand Tel: 64-9-5793108 Fax: 64-9-5793106 1.3.3 Organising Committee:

K. Cooper, D.E. Smith, E.G. Mallard & G. Mortensen 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: G. Wigston (Chief), P. Svensson & W. Scott 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager:Ray Robins 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Eric Mallard

1.3.12 Clerk of Course: David Smith 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Paul Mallard, Malcolm Laycock (2) Finish: Paul Mallard, Malcolm Laycock (3) Pit Lane Speed: Dennis Ephraim, Ross Grant (4) Noise: Graham Hyde, Avril Toia (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins & Garry Bailey Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 2.82 Kilometres

1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 AVESCO density: V8 Supercars – Maximum of 32 Cars 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located at Jennian Homes Administration Building 1.4.5 Stewards office: Located at Jennian Homes Administration Building 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Wednesday 5 November,

unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2There will be three Races for V8 Supercars: 1.6.2.1 one Race of 36 laps on Saturday 8 November in which there will be one Compulsory Pit Stop to change tyres; and 1.6.2.2 two Races, each of 54 laps on Sunday 9 November, in each of which there will be one Compulsory Pit Stop to change tyres.

1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.6.4 Where two or more drivers are tied on Championship Points at the end of the Meeting, order of places will be determined by the best placed driver in the last Race being assigned the highest position. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS 1.7.1All Drivers must hold an International licence issued by an ASN affiliated with the FIA, and Drivers holding other than CAMS International licences will be required to

provide a Visa issued by the ASN that issued their licence. 1.7.2All Competitors must hold an International licence issued by an ASN affiliated with the FIA, and Competitors holding other than CAMS International licences will be required to provide a Visa issued by the ASN that issued their licence. 1.8 PIT GARAGE ALLOCATION Will be made pursuant to Rule D2 by the AOM. 1.9 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.9.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers.

1.9.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.9.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM. 1.9.4 The Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised at this Meeting, but will not permit parking in the Paddock area. 1.9.4.1 All Team vehicles will be parked on the outside of the circuit.

1.9.4.2 The AOM will have “floating “ vehicle passes available to enable deliveries to the inner circuit area. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 1.10 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place on Thursday 6 November at 1000 at the Dunlop facility located in the V8 Supercar Paddock. 1.11 MEETING RIDES 1.11.1 Competitors who have been allocated Corporate or Media Rides (Rule E 1) are

reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to carry out any such Meeting Rides. 1.11.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.11.3 Will be conducted between 1555 and 1625 on Friday 7 November. CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Each Team is required to complete and sign a special Indemnity Form for this

Meeting, which must be completed and handed to AVESCO between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 6 November. 2.1.2 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change or add any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted from 1000 to 1600 Thursday 6 November at the AVESCO transporter. 2.1.3 Scrutineering will be conducted from 1000 to 1600 Thursday 6 November in each Competitor’s allocated garage area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitor’s Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Thursday 6

November in The AVESCO Corporate facility located next to the “Jennian Homes” building. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1800 on Friday 7 November in The AVESCO Corporate facility located next to the “Jennian Homes” building. NOTE: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, their relevant briefing/s, unless excused by the Series Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 The list of 32 eligible Cars entered for this Meeting is attached as Attachment 1.

2.3.2 Attachment 1 will contain the highest placed 32 cars entered for this Meeting in Championship order by Car after Round 9. 2.3.3 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.3.4 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies.

2.4 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.4.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 2.4.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying

sessions. 2.4.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for Race 1. 2.4.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.4.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be

shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.4.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.4.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the

appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.4.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.4.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.4.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session.

2.4.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.5 TYRES. 2.5.1 At the end of the Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start that Race. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Shootout but not used to start the first Race,

unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.6 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.6.1 There will be one CPS for each Car in each Race during which all four wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. 2.6.2 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘windows’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Race 1 - Lap 2 and lap 25 Races 2 & 3

- Lap 2 and lap 38 2.6.3 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the pit lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.6.4 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the pit access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International

© AVESCO will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.6.5 Any other work on the car (other than refuelling) may also be undertaken at the CPS. 2.7 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.7.1 A maximum of one (1) only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. 2.7.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of

the AOM. 2.7.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.8 FLAME RESISTANT CLOTHING As this Meeting has been entered on the FIA Calendar, all Drivers must wear overalls, as well as long underwear, a balaclava, socks, shoes and gloves homologated to the FIA 2000 or FIA 1986 standard. 2.9 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session:

2.9.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the Car enters Pit Lane in response to the Black flag, in that session. 2.9.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.9.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session.

2.10 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.10.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction. 2.10.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP.

2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.12 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 6 November. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.13 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be advised in a bulletin.

Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 WELCOME BBQ / AUTOGRAPH SESSION – SKY CITY, AUCKLAND 3.1.1 1700 – 1900 Thursday 6 November 3.1.2. AVESCO Media Manager, Martine Cousins has prepared a list of drivers required for this activity which will be transmitted under separate cover. 3.2 MEDIA CONFERENCES (ALL TO BE HELD AT MEDIA CENTRE) 3.2.1 Post Qualifying – Friday 7 November (top 5) after Qualifying

3.2.2 Post race 1 – Saturday 8 November (top 3) after Podium 3.2.3 Post race 3 – Sunday 9 November (top 3) after Podium CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PADDOCK SPEED LIMIT A speed limit of 10 kmh applies to all vehicle movements in and around the paddock. CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Thursday 6 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check

1500 V8 Supercars Organiser's Meeting 1600 V8 Supercars Team Manager's Briefing 1700 1900 V8 Supercars 2 hours Welcome BBQ / Drivers Autograph Session Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 5.2 Friday 7 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0820 Pit Walk 20 minutes 10 minutes 0830 0845 Porsche Club 15 minutes Practice 10 minutes 0855 0910 Super GT 15 minutes Practice 10 minutes 0920

0940 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 20 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1045 1055 AC Delco Record attempt 10 minutes 1055 1125 Entertainment Session 30 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 10 minutes 1135 1155 NZ V8 Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 20 minutes 1215 1250 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1300 1320 Porsche GT3 20 minutes Practice 5 minutes 1325 1345 Entertainment Session 20 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 5 minutes 1350 1410 Porsche Club

20 minutes Qualifying 20 minutes 1430 1450 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Lower 50% 5 minutes 1455 1515 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Upper 50% After Qualifying V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1525 1545 Formula Ford 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1555 1625 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1635 1655 Porsche GT3 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1705 1725 NZ V8 Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1735 1750 SuperGT 15 minutes Qualifying

1750 1820 Pit Walk 30 minutes 1800 V8 Supercars Drivers and Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday 8 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0835 Pit Walk 35 minutes 0855 0915 NZ V8 Touring Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 0925 0940 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 10 minutes 0950 1010 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1020 1040 Mini Celebrity

20 minutes Practice / Qualifying 10 minutes 1050 1110 Porsche Club 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1120 1140 SuperGT 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1155 1225 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Shoot Out 10 minutes 1235 1255 Porsche GT3 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1305 1315 Entertainment Session 10 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 1315 1330 VB Challenge 15 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 10 minutes 1340 1400 Formula Ford 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1410 1435 Pre Race Activity 25 minutes 1435 V8 Supercars 50 minutes Race 1

Race End V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1535 1555 Entertainment Session 20 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 10 minutes 1605 1620 Mini Celebrity 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1630 1655 NZ V8 Touring Car 25 minutes Race 1 1655 1725 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meet the Public 1730 1800 Pit Walk 30 minutes Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday 8 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0845

0910 Entertainment Session 25 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 0930 0945 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 10 minutes 0955 1015 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1025 1045 Super GT 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1050 1115 Entertainment Session 25 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 1110 1125 VB Challenge 15 minutes 5 minutes 1130 1150 Porsche Club 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1200 1230 Pre-Race Activity 30 minutes 1230 V8 Supercars 54 Laps Race 2 10 minutes 1350 1415 Formula Ford 25 minutes Race 2

10 minutes 1425 1450 NZ V8 Touring Cars 25 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1500 1525 Porsche GT3 25 minutes Race 2 1525 1535 Rally Car Lap 10 minutes 1535 1600 Pre-Race Activity 25 minutes 1600 V8 Supercars 54 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 20 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference Eric Mallard Secretary of the Meeting Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO ATTACHMENT 1

Car Entrant 1 Holden Racing Team 2 Holden Racing Team 3 Lansvale Smash Repairs 4 Stone Brothers Racing 5 Ford Performance Racing 6 Ford Performance Racing 7 Ford Performance Racing 8 Castrol Perkins Racing 9 Stone Brothers Racing 10 Orrcon Racing 11 Castrol Perkins Racing 15 K-Mart Racing Team 16 PWR – Team Brock 17 Dick Johnson Racing 18 Dick Johnson Racing 20 Orrcon Racing 21 Ozemail Racing 021 Team Kiwi Racing 23 INXS Team Ford 29 Sirromet - Life / Style / Wine 31 Steve Ellery Racing

33 Garry Rogers Motorsport 34 Garry Rogers Motorsport 44 Team Dynamik 45 Team Dynamik 50 PWR – Team Brock 51 K-Mart Racing Team 65 Triple Eight Race Engineering 66 Triple Eight Race Engineering 75 Paul Little Racing 99 Thexton Motor Racing 888 Ozemail Racing

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 8 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/1708/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The Meeting will be known as Round 8 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, and will be held at the Oran Park Raceway circuit, on 15 – 17 August 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Oran Park Special Events Pty. Ltd.

Cobbitty Road, Narellan, NSW, 2567 1.3.2 Organiser: Oran Park Special Events Pty. Ltd. Cobbitty Road, Narellan, NSW, 2567 1.3.3 Organising Committee: D. Missingham, J. Curry, K. McClelland, J. Boulous, M. Page 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson and Barry Cockayne. 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager:

Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Jeffrey Boulous 1.3.11 Clerk of Course: Ron Chisholm 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: A. Harkness, D. Miller, M. Rixon (2) Finish: A. Harkness, M. Rixon (3) Pit Lane Speed: A. Baker (4) Noise: M. Rixon (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins & Garry Bailey 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 2.62 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3Track density:

V8 Supercars – 35. 1.4.4Notice Board: Located at the office of the Race Control tower. 1.4.5Stewards’ office: Located on the ground floor of the Control Tower. Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 14 August

2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACE 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be one (1) Race of 111 laps, including two Compulsory Pit Stops. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence.

1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT & PADDOCK 1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit on Thursday August 14 from 0730 to 1730 & on Friday August 15 from 0700 to set up in the paddock area. 1.8.2 Set up of all transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the AOM. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2, which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers.

1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM 1.10.4 AVESCO Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised by the Organisers at this

Meeting. 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM in conjunction with the organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0900 on Friday 15 August at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their

allocation. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1610 and 1640 on Friday 15 August. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING

2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 15 August at the AVESCO Transporter 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 15 August and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1300 on Friday 15 August in the AVESCO Corporate suite located above the Pit Garages.

2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1700 on Saturday 16 August in the AVESCO Corporate suite located above the Pit Garages. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 FRIDAY PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a practice session on Friday 15 August for V8 Supercars conducted between 1400 and 1530. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 38 laps during this session,

with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. 2.3.4 All lap times achieved during this practice session will not be used to determine the qualifying split as detailed in Supplementary Regulation 2.4. 2.3.5 For this session only, the requirements of Rule C15.9.3 will not apply and a Car may use any tyres that have been previously allocated to that Car.

2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4 .1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless

otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the Race. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 2.5.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the

fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.5.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane

via the pit entry lane. 2.5.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session.

2.5.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.5.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT

2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the Race. 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 During the Race there will be two (2) compulsory pit stops for each Car. 2.7.2 At one of these CPSs, each Car must have all four wheels/tyres changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D11.1.4 applies. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.7.3 At the other CPS, each Car must be refuelled. It is strictly forbidden to change any wheels/tyres during this CPS.

2.7.4 Subject to the preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.7.2 and 2.7.3, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. 2.7.5 Each CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: lap number 2 and lap number 80. 2.7.6 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS.

2.7.7 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.7.8 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop at which a Car is refuelled, Rule D 11.9 will apply and must be obeyed.

2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 A maximum of one (1) only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two (2) booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams

“paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted during the Warm Up and Race on Sunday 17 August 2003. At all times during the Warm Up and Race on this day, the requirements of C18.4.4 must be complied with by all Team members in Pit Lane. 2.10 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be

displayed from turn 12.2 (Drivers Right): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.11 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.11.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.11.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that

session. 2.11.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.12 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.12.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction. 2.12.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or

imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.13 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 2.14 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly

entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday 15 August. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.15 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.1.1 Friday 15 August - (Top 5) Immediately following Practice 1. 3.1.2 Saturday 16 August - (Top 5) Immediately following Qualifying. 3.1.3 Sunday 17 August - (Top 3 Overall) Immediately following the Race.

CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 WASHING OF TRUCKS AND OTHER VEHICLES Teams are reminded to use the wash bays near the fuel bowser and near the lake to wash their vehicles, and not the fire hoses behind the pit garages. Teams will need to supply their own hoses and wash gear. 4.2 POWER AND BBQS No power leads are to be placed along the ground unless they are correctly covered and encased to appropriate health and safety guidelines. Barbeques are not to be used in the

paddock area. Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 FRIDAY 15 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Document Check 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Scrutineering 0900 V8 Supercar Tyre selection 0900 0920 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 0925 0950 MGF Trophy 25 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 0955 1010 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Practice 1

5 minutes 1015 1030 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1040 1100 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1105 1130 MGF Trophy 25 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1140 1155 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Practice 2 1200 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 10 minutes 1205 1225 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1235 1255 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 3 1300 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 25 minutes 1320 1345 MGF Trophy 25 minutes Qualifying 1

15 minutes 1400 1530 V8 Supercars 90 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1540 1600 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1610 1640 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1645 1700 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 5.2 Saturday 16 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 MG-F 20 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 0935 1010 V8 Supercar 35 minutes

Practice 2 5 minutes 1015 1030 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 10 minutes 1040 1055 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1105 1130 Historic Touring 25 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1145 1220 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 1230 1241 Aussie Racing Cars 11 minutes Race 1 9 minutes 1250 1310 MG-F 20 minutes Race 1 5 minutes 1315 1330 VB Challenge 15 minutes 5 minutes 1335 1350 Historic Touring 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1405 1425 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying

(Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1430 1450 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) 10 minutes 1500 1511 Aussie Racing Cars 11 minutes Race 2 9 minutes 1520 1535 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1550 1620 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Shoot Out 10 minutes 1630 1645 Historic Touring 15minutes Race 2 1700 V8 Supercar Driver and Competitor Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 17 August Start Finish

Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 5 minutes 0920 0930 Formula Ford 10 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 0940 0951 Aussie Racing Cars 11minutes Race 3 National Anthem 19minutes 1010 1030 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm up 10 minutes 1040 1100 MG-F 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1110 1125 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1130 1145 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1150 1204 Aussie Racing Cars 14 minutes Race 4 11 minutes 1215 1230 Historic Touring 15 minutes

Race 3 30 minutes 1300 V8 Supercar 111 laps Race Race end V8 Supercar Presentation 15 minutes After Podium V8 Supercar Media Conference 10 minutes 1550 1605 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1615 1635 MG-F 20 minutes Race 3

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 2 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 802/1404/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series – Round 2, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at the Phillip Island Grand Prix Circuit on 11 - 13 April 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Phillip Island Motor Sports Pty Ltd (ACN 006 435 623) RMB 500GP, Back Beach Road, Cowes, Phillip Island, Vic 3922 Telephone: (03) 5952 2710 / Facsimile: (03) 5952 3160 1.3.2 Organiser: Phillip Island Auto Racing Club Ltd (ACN 004 351 446) 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Fergus Cameron, Christine Cameron, and Peter Nelson 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson and Keith McKay 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director:

Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager:Ray Robins 1.3.10V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Geoff Bull 1.3.12 Clerk of Course Henk Duncan 1.3.13 Asst. Clerk of Course(s): Colin Smith (Operations) Ken Smith (Administration) 1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start:

Henk Duncan, Tony Van den Dungen (2) Finish: Alf Pearce Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO (3) Pit Lane Speed: Ken Benham and Doug Reid (4) Noise: Geoff Helliwell and TBA (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow and Ray Robins 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 4.45 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 35 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located on the ground floor, Northern outside wall of the

Race Control Building. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 10 April 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACE 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules.

1.6.2 There will be 1 Race of 67 laps, including two Compulsory Pit Stops. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 1200 hours until 1900 hours on Thursday 10 April and from 0700 hours on Friday 11 April to set up in the paddock area.

1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the

holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each race car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock Car pass; and Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO 4 x VIP Car passes – 2 x Blue Paddock and 2 x Car Park “A”. 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM in conjunction with Fergus Cameron from Phillip Island.

1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0900 on Friday 11 April at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of such intention. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5

1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1600 and 1630 on Saturday 12 April. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors will be conducted between 0800 and 1200 on Friday 11 April at the AVESCO Transporter 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 11 April and will

be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 16:00 on Friday 11 April in the catering outlet located adjacent to Race Control. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 17:00 on Saturday 12 April in the catering outlet located adjacent to Race Control. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.3 FRIDAY PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a practice session on Friday 11 April for V8 Supercars conducted between 1400 and 1530. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 28 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. 2.3.4 All lap times achieved during this practice session will not be used to determine the

qualifying split as detailed in Supplementary Regulation 2.4. 2.3.5 For this session only, the requirements of Rule C15.9.3 will not apply and a Car may use any tyres that have been previously allocated to that Car. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO 2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4 .1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar

qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in either race for the V8 Supercars; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve

the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the race. 2.5.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.5.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the control (timing) line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of

that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.6 When the Car crosses the control (timing) line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.5.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on

the track at the same time. 2.5.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.5.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence it’s timed lap. 2.5.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding

Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the race. 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT 2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the race.

2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO 2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 During the Race there will be two (2) compulsory pit stops for each Car. 2.7.2 At one of these CPSs, each Car must have all four wheels/tyres changed; the

replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D11.1.4 applies. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.7.3 At the other CPS, each Car must be refueled. It is strictly forbidden to change any wheels/tyres during this CPS. 2.7.4 Subject to the preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.7.2 and 2.7.3, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. 2.7.5 Each CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps

completed by the leading Car: lap number 2 and lap number 48. 2.7.6 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.7.7 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open

the window. 2.7.8 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop at which a Car is refueled, Rule D 11.9 will apply and must be obeyed. 2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 A maximum of one only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the

AOM. 2.8.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted during the Warm Up and Race on Sunday 13 April 2003. At all times during the warm up and race on these days, the requirements of C18.4.4 must be complied with by all team members in Pit Lane.

2.10 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be displayed from the Turn 11 flag point (on driver’s left): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO 2.11 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.11.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of

the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.11.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.11.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.12 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.12.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being

displayed at the flag point for Turn 13. 2.12.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.13 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING

3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 12 April - (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying. 3.1.2 Sunday 13 April - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following the Race. 3.2 AUTOGRAPH SESSION – Venue TBC (Melbourne) 3.1.1 Thursday 10 April 3.1.2 Time - Teams to be advised by Martine Cousins under separate cover 3.1.3 Drivers – Group “A” CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 POST EVENT TRAFFIC PLAN To ensure that traffic congestion is minimised at the conclusion of Sunday’s racing a detailed

traffic plan has been formulated in conjunction with Victorian Police and Vic Roads. To assist with the implementation of this traffic plan all transporters, which normally exit the circuit via Gate 3A (opposite the Turn 9 Hayshed) will be held at the circuit until 1800 hours on Sunday 13 April. Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 FRIDAY 11 APRIL Start Finish Category Duration

Session 0800 1200 V8 Supercar 4 hours Document Checking 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Scrutineering 0900 V8 Supercar Tyre Selection 1000 1020 Kuhmo MGF Trophy 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1030 1050 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1100 1120 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1130 1150 Kuhmo MGF Trophy 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1200 1220 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 2 1200 V8 Supercar Organisers’ Meeting 10 minutes 1230 1300 Carrera Cup

30 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1310 1340 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1400 1530 V8 Supercar 90 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1540 1600 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 3 1600 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 10 minutes 1610 1635 Kuhmo MGF Trophy 25 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1640 1700 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Meeting Rides Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO 5.2 SATURDAY 12 APRIL Start

Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 5 minutes 0920 0935 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 0950 1025 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1035 1100 Kuhmo MGF Trophy 25 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1115 1130 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1145 1220 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 3 15 minutes 1235 1305 Carrera Cup 30 Minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1315 1335 VB Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 1345 1405

Kuhmo MGF Trophy 20 Minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1420 1440 V8 Supercars 20 minutes V8 Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1445 1505 V8 Supercars 20 minutes V8 Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying V8 Supercar Media Conference 15 minutes 1520 1540 Carrera Cup 20 Minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1550 1620 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1630 1700 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Qualifying 2 1700 V8 Supercars Drivers Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island

© AVESCO 5.3 SUNDAY 13 APRIL Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Safety Car Rides 15 Minutes 10 minutes 0925 0945 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 15 minutes 1000 1020 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1025 1040 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1050 1105 Sports Sedans 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1120 1135 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1150 1220 V8 Supercars 30 Minutes Shoot Out 15 minutes 1235 1255 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 15 minutes 1310

1330 Kuhmo MGF Trophy 20 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1400 V8 Supercars 67 laps Race Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1605 1620 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 1635 1650 Sports Sedans 15 minutes Race 2 Geoff Bull Secretary of the Meeting.

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 7 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2007/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The Meeting will be known as Round 7 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, and will be held at the Queensland Raceway on 18 - 20 July 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Willowbank Race Circuit Pty. Ltd.

P.O. Box 100, Amberley, Queensland, 4306 Phone: (07) 5461 9100; Fax: (07) 5461 4306 1.3.2 Organiser: Willowbank Race Circuit Pty. Ltd. P.O. Box 100, Amberley, Queensland, 4306 Phone: (07) 5461 9100; Fax: (07) 5461 4306 1.3.3Organising Committee: John Jones, Margo Jones, John Tetley, Robert Colghan 1.3.4V8 Supercar Stewards: Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson and Keith Morris. 1.3.5V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor

1.3.7V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager: Ray Robins 1.3.10V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Margo Jones 1.3.12 Clerk of Course: John Jones 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Graham Castledine, Bob Wilkinson, Phillip Miller & Susie Lofgren. (2) Finish: Graham Castledine, Bob Wilkinson, Phillip Miller & Susie Lofgren. (3) Pit Lane Speed: Nigel Faull; Jason Hole; Bryon Watts

(4) Noise: Dave Wood Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins, Garry Bailey 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 3.12 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3AVESCO density: V8 Supercars - 35 1.4.4Notice Board: Located outside the office of the Secretary of the Meeting at the base of the Race Control tower. 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located on 1St floor of the Race Control tower.

1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 17 July 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACE 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be one (1) Race of 96 laps, including two Compulsory Pit Stops.

1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.8.1 From 0700 Thursday 17 July - all race transporters, Competitors and Team vehicles are required to enter the Circuit through Champions Way. 1.8.2 To avoid traffic problems all Competitor and Team vehicles will be required to enter

the circuit via Paynes Road (Map attached) as described in supplementary regulation 4.3 TRAFFIC PLAN. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the

Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 1.10.4 At this Meeting AVESCO Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised by the Organisers at this Meeting. Each Team will be provided by AVESCO with the following passes:

1 x Paddock Car pass; and 5 x VIP Car passes 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM in conjunction with the organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0900 on Friday 18 July at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation.

1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1600 and 1630 on Friday 18 July. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on

Friday 18 July at the AVESCO Transporter 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 18 July and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1310 on Friday 18 July in the AVESCO corporate facility located on Corporate Hill. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1715 on Saturday 19 July in the AVESCO corporate facility located on Corporate Hill.

Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 FRIDAY PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a practice session on Friday 18 July for V8 Supercars conducted between 1400 and 1530. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 36 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions

for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 2.3.4 All lap times achieved during this practice session will not be used to determine the qualifying split as detailed in Supplementary Regulation 2.4. 2.3.5 For this session only, the requirements of Rule C15.9.3 will not apply and a Car may use any tyres that have been previously allocated to that Car.

2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4 .1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions

will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the Race. 2.5.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions.

2.5.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.5.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers

must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.5.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence it’s timed lap.

2.5.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT 2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather

conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the Race. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 During the Race there will be two (2) compulsory pit stops for each Car.

2.7.2 At one of these CPSs, each Car must have all four wheels/tyres changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D11.1.4 applies. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.7.3 At the other CPS, each Car must be refuelled. It is strictly forbidden to change any wheels/tyres during this CPS. 2.7.4 Subject to the preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.7.2 and 2.7.3, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS.

2.7.5 Each CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: lap number 2 and lap number 70. 2.7.6 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.7.7 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be

deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.7.8 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop at which a Car is refuelled, Rule D 11.9 will apply and must be obeyed. 2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 A maximum of one (1) only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two (2) booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms

next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted during the Warm Up and Race on Sunday 20 July 2003. At all times during the warm up and Race on this day, the requirements of C18.4.4

must be complied with by all Team members in Pit Lane. 2.10 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 2.5 (located on driver’s left on the back straight): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 2.11 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session:

2.11.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.11.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.11.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session.

2.12 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.12.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction. 2.12.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP.

2.13 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.14 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed it’s radio frequencies from those nominated on it’s yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday July 18. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.15 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ.

CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 DRIVER BREAKFAST – Location at Circuit to be advised by Martine Cousins under separate cover. 3.1.1 Friday 18 July 3.1.2 Time - To be advised by Martine Cousins under separate cover. 3.1.3 Drivers – Group “B” 3.2 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.1.1 Friday 18 July - (Top 5) Immediately following Practice 1. 3.1.2 Saturday 19 July - (Top 5) Immediately following Qualifying. 3.1.3 Sunday 20 July - (Top 3 Overall) Immediately following the Race.

Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PADDOCK AREA No tent pegs or other devices are to be driven into bitumen surfaces. Space in the paddock is very limited and the area of the paddock east from the edge of the grassed area behind the paddock garages is reserved for support teams only 4.2 GARAGES Drilling of holes in any building is forbidden; for the attachment of any signage please use

tape, “Blutack” or brackets provided; and no barbeques are permitted in any garages. 4.3 TRAFFIC PLAN (MAP PROVIDED) 4.3.1 All Competitors and associates are required to use the Paynes Road access and enter the circuit through Gate “4” and follow the internal circuit road to the Paddock and Car Park. All traffic seeking to enter through Champions Way will be directed to the public car parks. 4.3.2 All traffic on the internal circuit road is ONE-WAY, in a clockwise direction.

4.4 ELECTRICAL CABLES Under no circumstances may electrical cables and/or extension cords be run across roadways within the paddock. 4.5 CORPORATE HOSPITALITY Corporate hospitality is not permitted in the Paddock Area. All corporate catering must be arranged through the Promoter. 4.6 ACCOMMODATION Staying overnight in the garages, carports or transporters is not permitted during the period of the meeting. 4.7 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed into the waste oil receptacles provided. LOOK FOR THE SIGNS.

Waste oil is not to be placed into rubbish bins, into drains nor onto the ground anywhere within the circuit. 4.8 MINI BIKES/SCOOTERS The use of unregistered scooters and mini bikes is prohibited within the boundaries of Queensland Raceway. Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 FRIDAY 18 JULY Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Document Check

0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Scrutineering 0830 0845 VB Challenge 15 minutes (No Utes) 0900 V8 Supercar Tyre selection 0900 0920 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0930 0955 MGF 25 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1005 1025 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1035 1050 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1100 1120 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1130 1145 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1155 1220 MGF 25 minutes

Practice 2 1200 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 5 minutes 1225 1245 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1250 1310 Formula Fords 20 minutes Practice 3 1310 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 20 minutes 1330 1345 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1400 1530 V8 Supercars 90 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1540 1555 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1600 1630 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1635 1705 Carrera Cup 30 minutes

Meeting Rides Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 5.2 SATURDAY 19 JULY Start Finish Category Duration Session 0810 0825 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 0835 0900 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 0910 0925 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 5 minutes 0930 0945 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1040 1055 Aussie Racing Cars

15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1105 1130 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 2 5 minutes 1135 1150 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1200 1215 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1230 1305 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 1315 1345 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1350 1405 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1415 1435 MGF 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1445 1500 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 1515 1535 V8 Supercars

20 minutes V8 Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1540 1600 V8 Supercars 20 minutes V8 Qualifying (Upper 50%) 10 minutes 1610 1625 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1630 1635 V8 Supercars 5 minutes Hot Laps 10 minutes 1645 1705 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 1715 V8 Supercars Drivers and Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 5.3 SUNDAY 20 JULY Start Finish Category Duration Session

0820 0830 Formula Ford 10 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 0840 0855 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 0900 0920 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 0930 0945 Safety Car Rides 15 Minutes 15 minutes 1000 1020 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1030 1045 Formula Fords 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1100 1130 V8 Supercars 30 Minutes Shoot Out 15 minutes 1145 1205 MGF 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1215 1230 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1240 1300 Carrera Cup

20 minutes Race 3 30 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars 96 laps Race Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation 5 minutes 1600 1615 Formula Fords 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1625 1640 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 4 5 minutes 1645 1700 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 3 Margo Jones Secretary of the Meeting. Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO

Further Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 4 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2505/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS WINTON RACEWAY 23 – 25 MAY 2003 1. MEDIA CONFERENCES In addition to Supplementary Regulation 3.1 there will be a Media conference conducted immediately after Practice 1 on Friday 23 May. The top 5 Drivers from that session must attend. 2. AUTOGRAPH SESSION Supplementary Regulation 3.2 has been deleted and replaced with the following regulations

containing the correct location: 3.2 AUTOGRAPH SESSION – Carrier Street, Benalla 3.1.1 Friday 23 May 3.1.2 Time - 1730 - 1830 3.1.3 Drivers – Group “B” 3. MEETING SCHEDULE To clarify the times for all V8 Supercar media conferences at this Meeting, Chapter 5 - Meeting Program has been deleted and replaced with the attached schedules: Further Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 FRIDAY 23 MAY Start Finish

Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Document Check 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Scrutineering 0900 V8 Supercar Tyre selection 0910 0925 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 0930 0955 MGF 25 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1000 1020 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1025 1045 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1055 1125 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1130 1145 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1155

1220 MGF 25 minutes Practice 2 1200 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 5 minutes 1225 1245 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1250 1310 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 2 1300 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 5 minutes 1315 1345 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1400 1530 V8 Supercar 90 minutes Practice 1 After Practice V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes 1535 1555 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 3 5 minutes 1600 1630 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides

10 minutes 1640 1710 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Media Rides Further Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO 5.2 SATURDAY 24 MAY Start Finish Category Duration Session 0835 0850 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 5 minutes 0855 0910 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 0920 0945 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1045 1100 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes

1110 1140 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1150 1210 Formula 4000 20 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1225 1300 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 1310 1325 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1335 1350 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 2 5 minutes 1355 1410 VB Challenge 15 minutes 5 minutes 1415 1430 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1440 1450 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1505 1525 V8 Supercars 20 minutes V8 Qualifying

(Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1530 1550 V8 Supercars 20 minutes V8 Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1600 1620 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1630 1645 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1655 1720 MGF 25 minutes Race 1 1700 V8 Supercars Drivers and Competitors Briefing Further Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO 5.3 SUNDAY 25 MAY Start Finish Category Duration Session 0840 0855

Safety Car Rides 15 Minutes 5 minutes 0900 0915 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 0930 0950 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1000 1020 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1025 1040 VB Challenge 15 minutes 5 minutes 1045 1105 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1120 1150 V8 Supercars 30 Minutes Shoot Out 10 minutes 1200 1215 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1225 1240 MGF 15 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1310 V8 Supercars 100 laps Race Race

End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1555 1615 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1625 1645 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1655 1710 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 3 Heather Wallace Secretary of the Meeting.

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 9 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/1409/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “Betta Electrical Sandown 500”, comprising Round 9 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, and will be held at Sandown International Motor Raceway on 11 – 14 September 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting has Major National status. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF

1.3.1 Promoter: IMG c/- Mr David Bennett, Level 3, 480 St. Kilda Road, Melbourne, Vic, 3004 Phone: (03) 9864 1111, Facsimile: (03) 9864 1112 1.3.2 Organiser: Sandown International Motor Raceway c/- Mr. Jon Davison P.O. Box 123, Kew, Vic., 3101 Phone: (03) 9853 7266, Facsimile: (03) 9853 7697 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Jon Davison, Prue Mietus, Jose Duncan, Wayne Giles and David Bennett. 1.3.4V8 Supercar Stewards Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson and Keith McKay. 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director:

Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Wayne Giles 1.3.11 Clerk of Course Jose Duncan 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Alf Pearce, David Bellenger (2) Finish: Alf Pearce, David Bellenger (3) Pit Lane Speed: TBA in a Bulletin (4) Noise: TBA in a Bulletin (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow,

Ray Robins & Garry Bailey Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 3.1 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3AVESCO density: V8 Supercars – 35 1.4.4Notice Board: Located in the pedestrian walkway beside the Paddock Office. 1.4.5Stewards Office: In the paddock immediately behind Race Control. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the

Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Wednesday 10 September 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACE 1.6.1The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2There will be one Race of 161 laps, and the chequered flag will be shown to the leading Car as it crosses the Control line at the end of its 161st lap or the first time it

crosses the Control line after 1645, whichever comes first. 1.6.3Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT & PADDOCK Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit on Wednesday 10 September from 1200 to 1700. Support Categories will have access from 0800 Thursday 11 September.

1.9 PIT GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2, which will be administered by the AOM in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the

holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM 1.10.4 AVESCO Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised by the Organisers at this Meeting. 1.11 TEAM PARKING Will be advised to teams by the AOM in conjunction with the organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO Control tyre selection will take place at 1000 on Thursday 11 September at the Dunlop

facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1520 and 1550 on Friday 12

September. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change or add any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 11 September at the AVESCO Transporter 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 11

September and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 Thursday 11 September in the Vintage Room, located on the first floor of the northern end of the grandstand. Entry is via the green walkway at the rear. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1700 on Saturday 13 September in the Vintage Room located on the first floor of the northern end of the

grandstand. Entry is via the green walkway at the rear. 2.2.3 A refuelling safety briefing will be conducted at 1600 on Saturday 13 September in the Vintage Room located on the first floor of the northern end of the grandstand. Entry is via the green walkway at the rear. The following Team personnel must attend: The refuelling hose operator; The fire extinguisher operator. Please Note: All Team personnel who attend this briefing may not be required to attend refuelling safety briefings at subsequent events.

Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.3.2 Both drivers designated to form a Car’s final driving crew must, in a practice or qualifying session, have achieved a best lap time no more than 107% of the

fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 2.3.3 Any driver whose best lap time exceeds the qualifying time cut-off as detailed in 2.3.2, will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.3.4 Any Team seeking to vary the nominated drivers making up their final driving crew for the Race must advise the Secretary of the Meeting in writing no later than 1200

(noon) on Saturday 13 September; and the variation sought must subsequently be approved by the Stewards. 2.4 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.4.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.4.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying

sessions. 2.4.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the Race. 2.4.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.4.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be

shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.4.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.4.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the

appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.4.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.4.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence it’s timed lap. 2.4.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session.

2.4.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.5 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT 2.5.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the Race. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane

Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 2.6 RACE GRID POSITIONS Subject to Rule D 5.5, the grid position for each Car will be determined by the fastest time recorded for that Car, when driven by one of the drivers designated to form that car’s final

driving crew, in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session or the “Shootout”, whichever is applicable. 2.7 PIT STOPS 2.7.1 The Betta Electrical Sandown 500 is an endurance Race and Rule D 11.2.1.2 (permitting a maximum of eight people across the prescribed line to work on the car) will apply. 2.7.2 Competitors are permitted to undertake any number of Discretionary Pit Stops during which refuelling is permitted, subject to Rule D 11.6. 2.7.3 Driver changes are permitted but, pursuant to Rule D 3.4, no one driver is

permitted to exceed a total of 107 laps. 2.8 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (CPS’s) 2.8.1 During the Race there will be two (2) compulsory pit stops (CPSs) for each Car which must conform to the requirements of 2.8.8 and 2.8.10 as appropriate. 2.8.2 At one of these CPSs, the Car must be refuelled and have the front brake pads changed. 2.8.3 At the other CPS, the Car must be refuelled. 2.8.4 In addition to the requirements of 2.8.2 and 2.8.3 above, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS.

2.8.5 Each CPS must be commenced within the appropriate ‘window’ as detailed below. 2.8.6 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the pit lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.8.7 After each CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the pit lane access road to commence the relevant CPS.

The leading car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.8.8 Refuelling CPS 2.8.8.1 Both refuelling CPSs must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: lap 2 and 120. 2.8.8.2 Refuelling CPSs must only be undertaken during the Race and must not be undertaken during any red flag period. 2.8.9 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop during which the Car is refuelled,

Rule D 11.9 will apply and must be obeyed. 2.8.10 Brake Pad Change CPS 2.8.10.1 The brake pad change CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading car: lap 48 and lap 120. 2.8.10.2 All four front brake pads must be removed and replaced with other pads. 2.8.10.3 Brake calliper pistons must be retracted by manual hand-held tools only. 2.8.10.4 Only front callipers which conform to the Rules are permitted, and the total replacement of the calliper/pad assembly by using a quick release

brake line coupling is not permitted. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 2.8.10.5 Each Competitor must notify their allocated pit lane observer in advance that the CPS is going to take place. 2.8.10.6 This CPS must only be undertaken during the Race and must not be undertaken during any red flag period. 2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted on Sunday 14 September during the warm

up session and the Race. At all times during this session and Race, the requirements of C18.4.4 must be complied with by all Team members in Pit Lane. 2.10 DRIVER IDENTIFICATION & DRIVING TIME 2.10.1 No one driver may exceed the maximum driving time set out in Rule D 3.4. 2.10.2 All drivers must comply with the identification requirements in Rule D 3.5. 2.11 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flags shown at the Control Line, the following flags will be displayed at the

flag point on driver’s left after the PBR Bridge: Black flag and Black flag with Orange disc. 2.12 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.12.1 A maximum of one (1) only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two (2) booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.12.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of

the AOM. 2.12.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.13 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.13.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.13.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the

fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.13.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.14 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.14.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Boards are being displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction.

2.14.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 2.15 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

2.16 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed it’s radio frequencies from those nominated on it’s yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 11 September. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.17 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 AUTOGRAPH SESSION – Federation Square 3.1.1 Thursday 11 September 3.1.2 1130 - 1230 3.1.3 Driver Group “B” 3.2 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre

3.2.1 Friday 12 August - (Top 5) Immediately following Practice 2. 3.2.2 Saturday 13 August - (Top 5) Immediately following Shoot Out. 3.2.3 Sunday 14 August - (Top 3 Overall) Immediately following the Race. 3.3 CHANNEL 10 CO-DRIVER PHOTOS – Held in the circuit Media Centre 3.3.1 Drivers - All drivers competing at their first VCS Meeting for 2004 3.3.2 Attire – Race Suit and Helmet 3.3.3 Time – 1530 – 1600 Thursday 11 September; and 1530 – 1600 Friday 12 September. Supplementary Regulations

Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 ACCESS TO AND USE OF THE PROPERTY 4.1.1. Children in any restricted areas including the paddock must be under the direct supervision of an adult. The Promoters reserve the right to have any offenders removed. 4.1.2. Under no circumstances are stakes to be driven into the bitumen surface. Further, the provision of tie down drums is the Competitor’s responsibility.

4.2 GARAGE POWER SUPPLY All Teams using garages are advised that no electrical leads are to extend from the rear of the garages to the transporters. The Organisers have fitted a bank of 240-volt power points to supply the transporters along the rear of the retaining wall at the rear of the garages, but Teams must supply their own extension cords. 4.3 SECURITY A security officer will be located in the paddock office each night from 1700 to 0700 Wednesday night to Monday morning inclusive. Teams wishing to work during the night

are welcome to do so, however the Sandown Road gate will be closed at approximately 2100. In regard to entry or exit after this time, please contact the security guard on 0409 508 808. 4.4 OPERATING HOURS All Competitors are reminded that no engines may be started before 0815; this is a stipulation of the City of Greater Dandenong permit. 4.5 TRUCK WASHING Transporters are not permitted to be washed in the Paddock area. Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500

© AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Thursday 11 September Start Finish Session Format Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1500 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 5.2 Friday 12 September Start Finish Session Format Session 0840 0900 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes 0910 0930 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes

0940 1005 Formula Ford 25 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1015 1045 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1100 1145 V8 Supercars 45 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1155 1225 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1235 1255 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1305 1330 Historic Touring Cars 25 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1345 1430 V8 Supercars 45 minutes Practice 2 After Practice V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1440 1510 Formula Ford 30 minutes

Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1520 1550 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1600 1630 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1640 1710 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Qualifying 1 Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday 13 September Start Finish Session Format Session 0900 0915 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 1 5 minutes 0920 0935 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 10 minutes 0945

1030 V8 Supercars 45 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 1040 1110 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1120 1135 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 5 minutes 1140 1155 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1205 1225 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1240 1300 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Lower 50% 5 minutes 1305 1325 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Upper 50% 10 minutes 1335 1350 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1400 1415 Historic Touring Cars

15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 1430 1445 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1500 1530 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Top 10 Shoot Out After Shoot Out V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1540 1600 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 1600 V8 Supercars Refuelling safety briefing 15 minutes 1615 1630 Sports Sedans 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1640 1655 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1700 V8 Supercars Driver and Competitor Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500

© AVESCO 5.4 Sunday 14 September Start Finish Session Format Session 0845 0900 Sports Sedans 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 0915 0930 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 0935 0950 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 5 minutes 0955 1015 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1025 1045 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1055 1110 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 1115 1120 Ford Cobra Parade 5 minutes 1120 1135 VB Challenge 15 minutes 1135 1143 Easternats Burnouts

8 minutes Demonstration 7 minutes 1150 1205 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 1210 1225 Holden Stormriders 15 minutes Demonstration 5 minutes 1230 V8 Supercars Pit lane open 1245 V8 Supercars Pit lane closed 1300 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 161 laps Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference Wayne Giles Secretary of the Meeting

Further Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 9 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/1409/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS 1. DRIVER IDENTIFICATION & DRIVING TIME Supplementary Regulation 2.10 is deleted and replaced with the following: 2.10 DRIVER IDENTIFICATION & DRIVING TIME 2.10.1 No one driver may exceed the maximum driving time set out in Rule D 3.3. 2.10.2 All drivers must comply with the identification requirements in Rule D 3.4.

2. CHANNEL 10 DRIVER PHOTOS Supplementary Regulation 3.3 is deleted and replaced with the following: 3.3 CHANNEL 10 DRIVER PAIRING PHOTOS – Held in the circuit Media Centre 3.3.1 Drivers - All drivers with co-drivers 3.3.2 Attire – Race Suit and Helmet 3.3.3 Time – 1530 – 1600 Thursday 11 September; and 1530 – 1600 Friday 12 September. Wayne Giles Secretary of the Meeting

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 5 VB 300 © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 5 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/0806/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “VB 300” (“the Meeting”) which will also comprise Round 5 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, and will be held at Barbagallo Raceway, Wanneroo, on 6 – 8 June 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: The W.A. Sporting Car Club Incorporated Wattle Avenue (off Pinjar Road), NEERABUP, WA, 6031 P.O. Box 267, WANNEROO, WA, 6946 Telephone: (08) 9306 8022 Facsimile: (08) 9306 8539 1.3.2 Organiser: The W.A. Sporting Car Club Incorporated Wattle Avenue (off Pinjar Road), NEERABUP, WA, 6031 P.O. Box 267, WANNEROO, WA, 6946 Telephone: (08) 9306 8022 Facsimile: (08) 9306 8539 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Adrian Chambers, John Hurney, Rob Janney,

Raymond Shaw and David Walker. 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson & Peter Drew. 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Westbrook 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: John Hurney 1.3.11 Clerk of Course: David Walker 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start:

Philip Johnson, Simon Johnson, Andrew Morton & Keith Skelley (2) Finish: Raymond Shaw (3) Pit Lane Speed: Mike Pearson (4) Noise: Bill Johnson and John Bennett (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins and Garry Bailey Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 5 VB 300 © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 2.415 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 32 1.4.4 Notice Board:

Located in the foyer of the office of the Secretary of the Meeting. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Thursday 5 June 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.5.3 The list of 32 Cars eligible to enter this Meeting is contained in Attachment A to

these regulations. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be three races of 42 laps each, including one Compulsory Pit Stop in each race. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT & PADDOCK

1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the circuit between 0700 and 1900 from Wednesday 26 to Friday 6 June; between 0600 and 2100 on Saturday 7 June and 0500 and 2300 on Sunday 8 June. Teams and officials should access the circuit via Flynn Drive and Mather Drive throughout the Meeting. Please consult attached map. Reserved parking in the V8 Supercar Parking Area for team vehicles is on the western side of the pit boundary fence. Space reserved until 0830 Saturday and 0800 on Sunday.

1.8.2 Set up of all transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of AVESCO’s Assistant Operations Manager, Ray Robins. 1.9 PIT LANE ALLOCATION Pit lane allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes,

the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 5 VB 300 © AVESCO 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office up to 1800 Thursday 5 June. Each race Car will be allocated the following passes:

1 x Paddock Car pass; and 4 x VIP Car passes – V8 Supercar Teams Parking area 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM in conjunction with the organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0900 on Friday 6 June at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use

their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5. 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1535 and 1605 on Friday 6 June. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors will be conducted between 0800

and 1300 on Friday 6 June at the AVESCO Transporter. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 6 June and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2 BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1300 on Friday 6 June in the WASCC Machinery Shed located in the Paddock area. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1030 on Saturday 7 June in the WASCC Machinery Shed located in the Paddock area.

Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.3.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to

start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 5 VB 300 © AVESCO 2.4 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.4.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.4.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50%

qualifying sessions. 2.4.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the Race. 2.4.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.4.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will

be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.4.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.4.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at

the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.4.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.4.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.4.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session.

2.4.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.5 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT 2.5.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the Race. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit

Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.6 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.6.1 There will be one CPS for each Car in each race during which all four wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. 2.6.2 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps

completed by the leading car: lap 2 and lap 29. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 5 VB 300 © AVESCO 2.6.3 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that seperates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.6.4 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The

leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.6.5 Any other work on the Car (other than refuelling) may be undertaken at the CPS. 2.7 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.7.1 A maximum of one only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.7.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay

booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.7.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (Eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.8 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.8.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach

occurred, in that session. 2.8.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.8.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.9 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.9.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane

access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction. 2.9.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.10 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 5 VB 300 © AVESCO 2.11 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday 6 June. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1. 2.12 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be advised under further instructions. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 92.9 RADIO PROMOTION – Circuit Clubhouse

3.1.1 Friday 6 June 3.1.2 Time - 0700 3.1.3 Drivers to be advised by Martine Cousins under separate cover 3.2 MEDIA CONFERENCES All held in the circuit Media Centre. 3.2.1 Friday 6 June – (top 5) Immediately following Practice 1. 3.2.2 Saturday 7 June - (top 3) Immediately following Race 1. 3.2.3 Sunday 8 June - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following Race 3. CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The riding of bicycles or the use of rollerblades or roller skates or skate boards

or any other similar devices within the pit and Paddock area is prohibited at all times. 4.1.2 It is not permitted under any circumstances to place any extension lead that crosses the roads and footways. 4.1.3 The South Ramp is divided into three (3) lanes. The centre lane must be kept clear at all times to allow vehicles access to and from the race track. Competitors will be referred to the Stewards if their vehicle/s are found standing in part of or the entire centre lane 4.1.4

The roads in the Paddock area are clearly marked with large yellow arrows, as well as a sign near the entry to the Paddock advising the direction of travel. All vehicles must travel in the direction indicated. 4.2 PRACTICE 4.2.1 All Cars must assemble at the South Ramp prior to each practice session. 4.2.2 Entry to the paddock from the race track & Pit Lane will at all times be by the North Ramp. Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 5 VB 300

© AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM (Support event schedule subject to change) 5.1 Friday 6 June Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Document Check 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Scrutineering 0900 V8 Supercar Tyre selection 0935 0955 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1000 1020 Formula Fords 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1025 1040 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 15 minutes 5 minutes 1045 1005 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes

1110 1130 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1135 1155 Formula Fords 20 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1200 1215 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 15 minutes 1200 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 5 minutes 1220 1240 HQ Holdens 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1245 1305 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1300 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 1310 1330 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 3 5 minutes 1335 1355 Formula Fords 20 minutes Practice 3 5 minutes 1400 1415 Matt Mingay Stunt Team

15 minutes 15 minutes 1430 1505 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1510 1525 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1535 1605 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 5 VB 300 © AVESCO 5.2 Saturday 7 June Start Finish Category Duration Session 0845 0900 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 2 0900 0915 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 15 minutes 0915 0950 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes

0955 1010 Formula Fords 15 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1015 1030 Safety Car 15 minutes Rides 1030 V8 Supercars Drivers and Competitors Briefing 5 minutes 1035 1050 HQ Holdens 15 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1055 1110 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1130 1150 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Lower 50% 5 minutes 1155 1215 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Upper 50% 10 minutes 1225 1240 Saloon Cars 10 laps Race 1 5 minutes 1245 1300 Formula Fords

15 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1310 1325 VB Challenge 15 minutes 5 minutes 1330 1340 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 10 minutes 5 minutes 1345 1400 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1415 1445 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Shoot Out 10 minutes 1455 1515 Special Event 20 minutes Event 1 5 minutes 1520 1530 HQ Holdens 6 laps Race 1 5 minutes 1535 1550 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 15 minutes 1605 National Anthem 20 minutes 1610 V8 Supercars 42 laps Race 1 After Race V8 Supercars

Media Conference Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 5 VB 300 © AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 8 June Start Finish Category Duration Session 0810 0820 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 10 minutes 5 minutes 0825 0845 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 5 minutes 0850 0900 Formula Fords 10 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 0910 0920 Saloon Cars 10 laps Race 2 5 minutes 0925 0940 Safety Car 15 minutes Rides 5 minutes 0945 0955 Historic Touring Cars 10 minutes Race 2 5 minutes

1000 1015 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 15 minutes 1030 National Anthem 20 minutes 1035 V8 Supercars 42 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1130 1145 Formula Fords 12 laps Race 1 5 minutes 1150 1205 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1215 1230 Saloon Cars 10 laps Race 3 5 minutes 1235 1240 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 5 minutes 1300 V8 Supercars 42 laps Race 3 End of Race V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes 1405 1420 Formula Fords 12 laps Race 2

End of Race Formula Fords Podium Presentation 5 minutes 1325 1445 HQ Holdens 6 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1455 1510 Special Event 20 minutes Event 2 10 minutes 1520 1540 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 3 1540 1550 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 10 minutes 1550 HQ Holdens 10 laps Race 3 John Hurney Secretary of the Meeting. Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 5 VB 300 © AVESCO Attachment A Car No. Team Driver 1 Holden Racing Team Mark Skaife

2 Holden Racing Team Todd Kelly 3 Lansvale Smash Repairs Racing Cameron McConville 4 Pirtek Racing Marcos Ambrose 5 Ford Performance Racing Glenn Seton 6 Ford Performance Racing Craig Lowndes 8 Castrol Perkins Racing Paul Dumbrell 9 Caltex Havoline Race Team Russell Ingall 10 Orrcon Racing Mark Larkham 0 00 Motorsport Greg Ritter 11 Castrol Perkins Racing Steven Richards 15 Kmart Racing Team Rick Kelly 16 Team Brock Paul Weel 17 Shell Helix Racing Steven Johnson 18 Shell Helix Racing

Max Wilson 19 Ford Performance Racing David Besnard 20 Orrcon Racing Jason Bargwanna 21 Ozemail Internet Racing Brad Jones 021 Team Kiwi Racing Craig Baird 23 Team ICS Ford Mark Noske 29 Paul Morris Motorsport Paul Morris 31 Super Cheap Auto Racing Steve Ellery 33 Garry Rogers Motorsport Jamie Whincup 34 Garry Rogers Motorsport Garth Tander 44 Team Dynamik Simon Wills 45 Team Dynamik Jason Richards 50 Team Brock Jason Bright 51 Kmart Racing Team Greg Murphy 65 Betta Electrical Racing

Paul Radisich 66 Betta Electrical Racing Dean Canto 75 Toll Racing Anthony Tratt 888 Ozemail Internet Racing John Bowe

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama BOB JANE T–MARTS 1000 - BATHURST CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/1210/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR THE KONICA V8 SUPERCAR CHALLENGE CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The Meeting will be known as “The Bob Jane T-Marts 1000”and will be held at Mount Panorama, Bathurst, Australia on 8 – 12 October 2003; and the Race on Saturday 11 October for Konica V8 Supercars will be known as “The Konica V8 Supercar Challenge”.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS not in conflict with the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules, the AVESCO Operation Manual Rules (“the Rules”), Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins which may be issued. 1.2.2 The Konica V8 Supercar Challenge will be a National event. 1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF

1.3.1 Promoter: IMG P.O.Box 3007, Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6888. Facsimile: (07) 5588 6895 1.3.2 Organiser: IMG P.O.Box 3007, Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6888. Facsimile: (07) 5588 6895 1.3.3 Organising Committee: J. O’Brien, J.Shannon, S. Preece & D. Kidd 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Garth Wigston, Peter Svensson & Steve O’Connor 1.3.5 Konica V8 Supercar Race Director: Steve Preece 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor

1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 Konica V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.9 Konica V8 Supercar Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: David Kidd 1.3.11 Clerk of Course: Michael Hancock 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: David Miller & Keith Nicholls (2) Finish: Lisa Drayton & Sid Herold (3) Pit Lane Speed: Doug Reid, Leslie Mathews (4) Noise: to be advised by a Bulletin (5) Pit lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Ray Robins

& Tony Milton 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 6.213 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: Konica V8 Supercars – 55. Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located outside the Secretary of the Meeting’s Office. 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located on the first floor of the Race Control Building. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the

Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2The Konica V8 Supercar Challenge is open to: 1.5.2.1 all Competitors who have competed in any Round of the 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series; 1.5.2.2 any Car which has failed to qualify for the V8 Supercar 1000 kilometre Race, subject to any such Car starting from the rear of the grid for the Konica V8 Supercar Challenge in an order determined by the Stewards; and 1.5.2.3 any Competitor invited by AVESCO.

1.5.2.4 Changes to the nominated Driver and confirmation of any late entries pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 1.5.2, are permitted up to 18:00 Friday 11 October, subject to the approval of the AVESCO Operations Manager. 1.5.2.5 The Secretary of the Meeting must be advised of any changes to the nominated Driver or confirmation of any late entries. 1.5.2.6 No changes or additions to entries may be made after 18:00 Friday 10 October unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series

Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR CHALLENGE 1.6.1The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2There will be one (1) Race of twenty five (25) laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 PROGRAM The Meeting program may be varied or altered at the Promoter’s discretion to ensure the V8 Supercar Championship Series content stays on schedule; while the Promoters do not reasonably anticipate any problems, it may be necessary to vary the Meeting program at

any time. In the event of any such change, Competitors will be notified as soon as possible and the Organisers will take all reasonable steps to maintain the involvement of Competitors as an important part of the Meeting. 1.8 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.9 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT & PADDOCK 1.9.1Teams are not permitted to attempt access to the paddock area before 0900

Monday 6 October and Team vehicles will not be permitted to park up before 1030 on Tuesday 7 October. 1.9.2Access to the paddock area is by: 1.9.2.1 If the track is open: passing through the admission entry gates and along the pit straight and left into the paddock via the mountain straight gate. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 1.9.2.2 If the track is closed: passing through the admission entry gates and left onto the road which passes through the Caltex Chase tunnel and into the paddock

area. NOTE: The tunnel is 3.1 metres high x 2.7 metres wide. 1.10 PADDOCK HOECKER ALLOCATION Allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D 2, which will be administered by the KOM . 1.11 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.11.1 The Konica V8 Supercar Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers only with a special sticker, supplied by AVESCO, for this meeting only. 1.11.2 Where any Team has accepted one (1) or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES

ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.11.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the KOM. 1.11.4 Vehicle passes will be distributed to Team truck drivers by the KOM, and passes may be left by Teams at the Event Accreditation Office: 1.11.4.1 which is located in the Forestry Commission car park in Panorama Drive before the entrance gates; and 1.11.4.2 which will be open at the following times: Monday 6 & Tuesday 7 October:

0700 – 1900 Wednesday 8 – Saturday 11 October: 0600 – 1900 Sunday 12 October: 0600 – 1030 1.11.5 Each Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Support Paddock Car pass; and 3 x Team Car passes for the VIP car park at Harris Park. 1.11.6 Any vehicle not displaying the relevant pass will be towed away and will incur monetary penalties for recovery. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place on Wednesday 8 October at 1000 at the Dunlop facility located in the V8 Supercar Paddock.

CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change or add any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be between 1000 and 1600 on Wednesday 8 October at the AVESCO transporter. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Wednesday 8 October and will be carried out at each Competitor’s assigned paddock area. 2.2 BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on

Wednesday 8 October in the Drivers’ Meeting Room, which is located across the main paddock access road from the AVESCO transporter. This will be a combined briefing for Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama all Teams competing in the Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 or the Konica V8 Supercar Challenge. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1700 on Friday 10 October in the Drivers’ Meeting Room. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the

relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Subject to Supplementary Regulation 1.5.2, there will be one Qualifying session of forty (40) minutes for Competitors in the Konica V8 Supercar Challenge. 2.3.2 Any driver whose best lap, in a practice or qualifying session, exceeds 115% of the fastest Konica V8 Supercar Challenge qualifying time will not be permitted to start unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies.

2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS Subject to Supplementary Regulation 1.5.2, grid positions will be determined by the fastest time achieved by each driver in the Qualifying session. 2.5 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 19.2 (located on driver’s right on “Conrod Straight”): the Black Flag, the Black Flag with Orange Disc and the Black and White Diagonal Flag. 2.6 PIT BAY BOOMS

2.6.1 Teams are not permitted to use Pit Lane booms during Konica V8 Supercar Challenge practice, qualifying, warm up sessions or Race. 2.6.2 For this Meeting Rule D2 will not apply to Pit Lane order and Teams will be allocated Pit Bays by the KOM. 2.6.3 Service Vehicles will remain in Pit Lane for all Konica V8 Supercar Challenge sessions. 2.7 SAFETY CAR Rule D 10.6.2 is specifically excluded from the Konica V8 Supercar Challenge; and each lap while a Safety Car is deployed will be counted as a Race lap.

2.8 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.8.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Boards are being displayed. 2.8.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.9 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, the official sports drink or “unbranded” bottled water, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 2.10 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Wednesday 8 October. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1. 2.11 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. 2.12 YELLOW FLASHING LIGHTS The yellow flashing lights located at Turn 10 (McPhillamy Park) and Turn 11 (Skyline) are

a warning that there is a yellow flag sector ahead between Turn 10 (McPhillamy Park) and Turn 18 (Forrest Elbow). These lights are for information purposes only and DO NOT have any regulatory purpose. 2.13 PIT LANE ENTRY AND EXIT 2.13.1 No part of the car shall touch the solid white and yellow line or yellow floppies that delineate the pit lane entry from the track. In such case penalties may be imposed. 2.13.2 No part of the car shall touch the yellow floppies that delineate the pit lane exit

from the track. In such case penalties may be imposed. 2.13.3 The Judges of Fact for Pit Lane entry and exit will be advised by bulletin. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Friday 10 October – (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Saturday 11 October – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 WASTE PRODUCTS 4.1.1 All personnel must be made aware of the fact that NO waste of any nature may be

tipped into the storm water drains located within the support compound. 4.1.2 All storm water drains lead directly to the Macquarie River and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) will be monitoring the situation in the lead up and through out the Event. 4.1.3 This ban includes the washing of any wheel rims within the vicinity of storm water drains. 4.1.4 Competitors are advised that the EPA are taking an extremely proactive approach to this matter and Teams are put on notice that any infringement of this directive

will result in action being taken by either the Promoter or the EPA or both; the EPA has the ability to prosecute offenders with heavy penalties. 4.1.5 The Promoter has provided an area for the disposal of waste oil and/or fluid products near the old BP fuel tankers. This is not for the disposal of used car parts (i.e oil filters etc). 4.2 PADDOCK SPEED LIMIT A speed limit of 10 kmh applies to all vehicle movements in and around the paddock. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama

CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Tuesday 7 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 1000 Team Transporter Parade 1030 Team park up commences under the direction of the AOM 5.2 Wednesday 8 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 1000 1600 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar 6 hours Document Check 1000 1600 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar Tyre Selection 1700 BJTM 1000 Organisers Meeting 1600 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar

Team Managers’ Briefing 1700 1900 BJTM 1000 2 hours Autograph Session Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 5.3 Thursday 9 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0815 0835 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0850 0920 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0935 0955 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1010 1045 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1100 1200 BJTM 1000 60 minutes

Practice 1 15 minutes 1215 1235 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1245 1315 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 15 minutes 1250 1350 Resident Access 60 minutes 15 minutes 1405 1415 Entertainment Session 10 minutes 5 minutes 1420 1520 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Practice 2 After Practice BJTM 1000 Media Conference Top 5 Driver pairings 15 minutes 1535 1555 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1605 1620 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 1615 1645 BJTM 1000 30 minutes

Autograph Session 5 minutes 1625 1645 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1705 1725 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 1 Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 5.4 Friday 10 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0800 0835 Konica V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 0850 0910 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 0920 0940 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 5 minutes 0945 1045 BJTM 1000 60 minutes

Practice 3 20 minutes 1105 1125 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1140 1240 Resident Access 60 minutes 1145 1215 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 1145 1215 Public Pit Walks 40 minutes 40 minutes 1255 1340 BJTM 1000 45 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%) 10 minutes 1350 1435 BJTM 1000 45 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying BJTM 1000 Media Conference Top 5 Driver pairings 5 minutes 1440 1500 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 15 minutes 1515 1555 Konica V8 Supercar

40 minutes Qualifying After Qualifying Konica V8 Supercar Media Conference Top 5 1530 1600 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 20 minutes 1615 1635 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Race 1 20 minutes 1655 1715 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 2 1700 Konica V8 Supercar Drivers and Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 9 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 5.5 Saturday 11 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0745 0805 VB V8 Challenge 20 minutes

10 minutes 0815 0835 Konica V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm Up 0830 0900 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 0835 0855 Air Display 15 minutes 0855 0915 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 3 20 minutes 0935 0955 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Race 2 0955 1015 Air Display 1015 1115 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Practice 4 10 minutes 1125 1140 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 15 minutes 1155 1255 Resident Access 60 minutes 1200 BJTM 1000 Refuelling Safety Briefing 1230 1300 BJTM 1000 60 minutes

Autograph Session 1205 1245 Public Pit Walks 40 minutes 25 minutes 1310 1330 Air Display 20 minutes 1330 Konica V8 Supercars Race 25 laps Race After Race Konica V8 Supercars Podium Top 3 After Podium Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference Top 3 1430 1500 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 10 minutes 1445 1500 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 15 minutes 1515 1535 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 1535 1555 Air Display 20 minutes 1555 1640 BJTM 1000 45 minutes Top 10 Shoot Out After

Shoot Out BJTM 1000 Media Conference Top 5 Driver pairings 10 minutes 1650 1715 Safety Car Rides 25 minutes 1650 1715 Air Display 25 minutes 1730 BJTM 1000 Competitors and Drivers’ Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 10 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Challenge – Mount Panorama 5.6 Sunday 12 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0715 0735 BJTM 1000 Warm-Up 20 minutes Warm Up 0735 0750 Air Display 15 minutes 0750 0810 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 0820 0945

Pre-race Activities including VB Challenge and Drivers Parade* 85 minutes 0930 Pit Lane Opens 0945 Pit Exit Closed 1000 1645 BJTM 1000 161 laps Race Race end BJTM 1000 Podium Presentation 30 minutes Top 3 Driver pairings After Podium BJTM 1000 Post Race Media Conference Top 3 Driver pairings * Exact time for VB Challenge and Drivers parade to be advised in further instructions. David Kidd Secretary of the Meeting

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO 2003 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 2 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2303/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the “Clipsal 500 Adelaide” (hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”) which will also comprise Round 2 of the 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series, and will be held on the Adelaide Parklands 2 Circuit on 19 - 23, March 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: The South Australian Motor Sports Board, a body established pursuant to the (South Australian) Motor Sport Act 1984. P.O. Box V8, Kent Town, South Australia, 5000 Telephone: (08) 8212 8500, Facsimile: (08) 8212 6700 1.3.2 Organiser: The South Australian Motor Sports Board. 1.3.3 Organising Committee: M Brock, A Daniels, M Drewer, J Mattner, C. Smerdon, P. Hoffmann 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson &

Steve O’Connor 1.3.5 Konica V8 Supercar Race Director: Steve Preece 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 Konica V8 Supercar Series Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.9 Konica V8 Supercar Series Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Jack Holding 1.3.11 Clerk of Course Lawrie Schmitt 1.3.12 Deputy Clerk of Course: Chris Green 1.3.13 Asst. Clerk of Course(s): Don Sims, Henk Duncan, Rob Mead

1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Lawrie Schmitt, Chris Green, Henk Duncan (2) Finish: Barry Frost, Chris Green (3) Pit Lane Speed: Leslie Mathews, Greg Butler, Ken Benham, Shane Dwyer, Margaret Hall, Andrea Sanders, Elsje Cole (4) Noise: Reg Marrat, David Bunker V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO (5) Pit Lane Penalties: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow & Tony Milton 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length:

3.22 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3Track density: Konica V8 Supercars – 40 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 V8 Supercar competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. Entries will close as per the date on the tyre order form. 1.5.2No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Tuesday 18 March 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a

change after that date. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR EVENTS 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules 1.6.2 There will be 1 Race of 40 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher. All Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit on Wednesday 19 March from 0800 to set up in

the paddock area. 1.9 PADDOCK ALLOCATION Paddock spaces will be allocated pursuant to Rule D2, which will be administered by the Konica V8 Supercar Series Operations Manager (KOM). 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the

holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3The completed forms must be handed in to the KOM. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x SAJC Paddock Car pass; and 2 x SAJC Fullarton Rd Car passes. 1.11 OFFICIAL NOTICE BOARD Located at the Assistant Secretary’s Office in the Konica V8 Supercar paddock V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide

© AVESCO 1.12 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the KOM. 1.13 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 10:00 on Wednesday 19 March at the Dunlop facility located in the V8 Supercar paddock area. 1.14 MEETING RIDES 1.14.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of such intention. 1.14.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in

Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.14.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 19:00 and 19:30 on Thursday 20 March. 1.14.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7) CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will commence at 10:00 on Wednesday 19 March at the AVESCO Office, located in the Konica V8 Supercar Paddock, for those attending their first round of the series for the year.

2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Wednesday 19 March and will be carried out at each Competitors assigned paddock area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 16:00 on Wednesday March 19th in the Park Lounge Bar located in the SAJC Complex, adjacent to the Fullarton Road and Eastern Side of track. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 18:00 on Thursday 20 March in the Park Lounge Bar located in the SAJC Complex.

Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in

any race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1Grid positions for the Race will, subject to Rule D 5, be determined by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO 2.11 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be

displayed from turn 10, out of Wakefield Road: the Black Flag, the Black Flag with Orange Disc and the Black and White Diagonal Flag. 2.12 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.12.1 Competitors in the Konica V8 Supercar Series will not be permitted to use pit booms at any time during this meeting. 2.12.2 Teams are permitted to leave their service vehicles in Pit Lane during the Practice and Qualifying sessions only. 2.12.3 The Warm Up and Race Pit Lane procedure will be detailed in Further Regulations.

2.13 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.13.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed at the flag point for Turn 13 flag point. 2.13.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.14 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by

the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Thursday 20 March – (top 3) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Friday 21 March – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 CARE FOR PARKLANDS Competitors must be aware that the Adelaide Parklands are a valuable asset to the host

community, so all Teams are required to treat the areas available within the Parklands with respect and discretion to minimize any adverse environmental impact. CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 WEDNESDAY 19 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Checking 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 Konica V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1500 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 Konica V8 Supercars

Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO 5.2 THURSDAY 20 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0845 Group N Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0900 0920 Australian Production Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 20 minutes 0940 1015 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Practice 1 20 minutes 1035 1055 GT Performance 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1110 1125 Saloon Cars Australia

20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1140 1200 Nations Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1215 1230 Group N Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1250 1325 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 20 minutes 1345 1405 V8 BRutes 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1420 1440 Saloon Cars Australia 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1455 1515 Formula 3 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1530 1550 Australian Production Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 20 minutes 1610 1630 Konica V8 Supercars

20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying 10 minutes 1640 1700 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying 20 minutes 1720 1740 V8 Brutes 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1755 1810 Saloon Cars Australia 8 laps Race 1 1800 Konica V8 Supercars Drivers Briefing 15 minutes 1825 1840 Group N Historic Touring Cars 7 laps Race 1 20 minutes 1900 1930 Konica V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide

© AVESCO 5.3 FRIDAY 21 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0850 Australian Production Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 0905 0925 GT Performance 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 0940 1015 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1030 1050 V8 BRutes 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1105 1125 Formula 3 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1140 1215 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1230 1250 Nations Cup 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1305 1325 GT Performance

20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1340 1400 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying 5 minutes 1405 1425 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying 1425 1430 Network Ten On-Track Activity 15 minutes 1445 1505 Formula 3 20 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1525 1545 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm-up 20 minutes 1605 1635 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Top 10 Shootout 15 minutes 1650 1705 Australian Production Cars 15 minutes Race 1 – 8 laps 15 minutes 1720 1750 V8 Supercars 30 minutes

Meeting Rides 40 minutes 1830 Konica V8 Supercars 40 laps Race Race End Konica V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO 5.4 SATURDAY 22 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0850 Nations Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 0905 0925 Formula 3 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 0935 0950 Farmers Union Iced Coffee

Kart Challenge 15 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1000 1015 GT Performance 9 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1030 1045 V8 BRutes 8 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1055 1110 Farmers Union Iced Coffee Kart Challenge 3 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1120 1140 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm-up 15 minutes 1155 1215 Nations Cup 12 laps Race 1 1225 1245 VB Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 1255 1315 Formula 3 12 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars Pit exit open 1345 V8 Supercars Pit exit closed 1400 CLIPSAL 500 ADELAIDE

78 laps Leg 1 Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After podium V8 Supercars Media conference 15 minutes 1630 1645 V8 BRutes 7 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1700 1715 Australian Production Cars 8 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1730 1745 GT Performance 9 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1800 1815 Saloon Cars Australia 8 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1830 1910 Nations Cup 30 laps Race 2 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO 5.5 SUNDAY 23 MARCH

Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0845 GT Performance 9 laps Race 3 15 minutes 0900 0915 Farmers Union Iced Coffee Kart Challenge 3 laps Race 2 15 minutes 0930 0950 Formula 3 12 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1005 1025 Nations Cup 12 laps Race 3 15 minutes 1040 1100 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm-up 10 minutes 1110 1115 CAMS 50th Anniversary Parade 5 minutes 1115 1120 Clipsal Adelaide Rally Parade 5 minutes 1120 1135 Ford Demonstration 15 minutes 5 minutes 1140 1155 CLIPSAL 500 ADELAIDE

15 minutes Drivers Parade 10 minutes 1205 1220 Group N Historic Touring Cars 7 laps Race 2 5 minutes 1225 1245 VB Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 1255 1310 V8 BRutes 7 laps Race 3 20 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars Pit exit open 1345 V8 Supercars Pit exit closed 1350 National Anthem 1400 V8 Supercars 78 laps Leg 2 Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After podium V8 Supercars Media conference Jack Holding. Secretary of the Meeting.

V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series Round 2 – Clipsal 500 Adelaide © AVESCO 2003 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 2 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2303/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS 1 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.1 Supplementary Regulation 1.8 is deleted and replaced with the following: 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit on Wednesday 19 March from 0730 to set up in the Konica V8 Supercar Paddock 1.8.2 The order in which Team transporters will park-up will be notified to

Teams under separate cover 1.2 Access to the Konica V8 Supercar paddock is via Gate 9 on Fullarton Road. 2 VEHICLE PASSES 2.1 Vehicle passes will be issued to Team transporter operators on Wednesday 19 March. 2.2 Access to the Konica V8 Supercar Team parking is via Gate 10 on Fullarton Road. 3 PIT LANE ORDER For Konica V8 Supercars, at this Meeting only, Rule D2 is deleted. Pit Lane order will be determined by the KOM. 4 PIT BAY EQUIPMENT 4.1 Teams are permitted to leave their service vehicles in Pit Lane during the Warm Up on

Friday 21 March. 4.2 No service vehicles are permitted to remain in Pit Lane during the Race on Friday 21 March. 4.3 At the end of the Warm Up, Teams are permitted to leave a maximum of two gas bottles in their Pit Bay for use during the Race. 4.4 Gas bottles left in Pit Lane for use during the Race must be safely secured to the Pit Garage structure. Jack Holding. Secretary of the Meeting.

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 2003 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 3 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/0405/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series – Round 3 (hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”), which will also comprise Round 3 of the 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series, and will be held at Eastern Creek International Raceway, NSW,

on 1 - 4 May 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued.

1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1Promoter: Australian Racing Drivers’ Club P.O. Box 6747, Blacktown Delivery Centre, NSW, 2148 Telephone: (02) 9672 1000 Facsimile: (02) 9672 0208 1.3.2Organiser: Australian Racing Drivers’ Club P.O. Box 6747, Blacktown Delivery Centre, NSW, 2148 Telephone: (02) 9672 1000 Facsimile: (02) 9672 0208 1.3.3Organising Committee: B Goulding, G Arnold, S Preece & S Redfern 1.3.4V8 Supercar Stewards

Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson & Steve O’Connor 1.3.5Konica V8 Supercar Series Race Director: Steve Preece 1.3.6V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 Konica V8 Supercar Series Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.9 Konica V8 Supercar Series Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: B. Goulding 1.3.11 Clerk of Course M. Hancock 1.3.12 Asst. Clerk of Course(s): S. Grevett (Judicial)

1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: S. Williams, M Hancock & D Miller (2) Finish: P. Coogan, S Williams & M. Hancock (3) Pit Lane Speed: A. Baker (4) Noise: G. Robson V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Garry Bailey & Tony Milton 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 3.93 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3 AVESCO Permitted Track density: Konica V8 Supercars – 47

1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Wednesday 30 April 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR EVENTS 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules

1.6.2 There will be 2 Races each of 12 laps and 1 Race of 22 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher. All Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit via gates 7 and 7b from 0700 on Thursday 1 May to set up in the paddock area. 1.9 PADDOCK ALLOCATION All Konica V8 Supercars will be allocated Hoeckers in the Konica V8 Supercar Paddock

subject to Rule D2, which will be administered by the KOM. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the KOM. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each

race Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock car pass for a tender vehicle; and 4 x VIP car passes. 1.11 OFFICIAL NOTICE BOARD Located at the Race Secretary's office on the outside of the western wall. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 1.12 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the KOM. 1.13 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 10:00 on Thursday 1 May at the Dunlop facility

located in the V8 Supercar paddock area. 1.14 MEETING RIDES 1.14.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of such intention. 1.14.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.14.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1705 and 1735 on Friday 2 May.

1.14.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7) CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Thursday 1 May at the AVESCO Transporter for those attending their first round of the series for the year. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Thursday 1 May and will be carried out at each Competitors assigned paddock area.

2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Thursday 1 May at the Horsley Centre located at the Control Tower end of the Pit Lane Corporate Suites. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1800 on Friday 2 May at the garden workshop building located at the rear of the Paddock area. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional

circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest Konica V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in any Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek

© AVESCO 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1 Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4, be determined solely by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable. 2.4.2 Grid positions for Race 2 will be the reversed finish order of all cars that were classified finishers in Race 1. The effect of this regulation means that the last placegetter in Race 1 will be allocated grid position 1, the second last placegetter will

be allocated grid position 2 and so on (Rule D 6.2.3). 2.4.3 Grid positions for Race 3 will be based on aggregating the finishing results of Race 1 and Race 2 pursuant to Rule D 6.2.4. 2.4.4 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; 2.4.4.1 any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.4.4.2 drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start, may

be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable). 2.9 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 9.3 (on driver’s left): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange

Disc. 2.10 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.10.1 Competitors in the Konica V8 Supercar Series will not be permitted to use pit booms at any time during this meeting. 2.10.2 Teams are permitted to leave their service vehicles in Pit Lane during all Konica V8 Supercar Practice, Qualifying, Warm Up and Races. 2.11 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.11.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed at the flag point to be advised in further instructions. 2.11.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or

imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.12 PIT LANE ORDER For Konica V8 Supercars at this Meeting only, Pit Lane order will not be determined by Rule D2. Pit Lane order will be determined by the KOM. 2.13 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Friday 2 May – (top 3) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Sunday 4 May – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 END OF PRACTICE, QUALIFYING & RACES 4.1.1 At the conclusion of each practice and qualifying session and at the end of each race, (indicated by the chequered flag at the start/finish line on the main straight) drivers

must continue around the circuit and use the pit entry lane to return to their pit garages, subject to directions from officials. 4.1.2 Any driver whose Car enters the paddock area through the back gate during any Race will be excluded from that Race. 4.2 TRUCK WASHING A new truck washing bay is located on the paddock entrance road just after the tunnel near the medical centre. For environmental reasons it is not possible to wash trucks in the paddock area. CHAPTER 5 SCHEDULE

5.1 Thursday Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 Konica V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1500 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 Konica V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 5.2 Friday 0800 1330 V8 Supercars 5hr 30 min Document Check 0800 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection

0800 1330 V8 Supercars 5hr 30 min Scrutineering 0900 0920 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 0935 1010 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1020 1040 MGF 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1050 1120 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1135 1210 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1220 1240 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 2 1230 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 10 minutes 1250 1310 MGF 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1325

1345 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1350 1410 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 After Qualifying Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference 20 minutes 1430 1505 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1515 1530 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1540 1610 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1615 1630 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1640 1700 MGF 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1705 1735 Konica V8 Supercars

30 minutes Meeting Rides 1800 Konica V8 Supercars Drivers 7 Competitors Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0930 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 0945 1005 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1015 1030 Safety Car 15 minutes Rides 10 minutes 1040 1115 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1125 1140 Formula Ford

15 minutes Qualifying 2 30 minutes 1210 Konica V8 Supercars 12 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1240 1255 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1305 1325 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1335 1345 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1400 1420 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1425 1445 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1555 1515 MGF 20 minutes Qualifying 2 30 minutes 1545 Konica V8 Supercars 12 laps Race 2 20 minutes 1625 1655 V8 Supercars 30 minutes

Shoot Out After Shoot Out V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1705 1715 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 2 1730 V8 Supercars Drivers & Competitors Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday Start Finish Category Duration Session 0845 0855 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 3 15 minutes 0910 0930 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 5 minutes 0935 0950 Safety Car 15 minutes Rides 10 minutes

1000 1020 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 5 minutes 1025 1040 MGF 15 minutes Race 1 30 minutes 1110 Konica V8 Supercars 22 laps Race 3 Race End Konica V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1155 1215 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1220 1235 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1245 1300 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 30 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars 77 Laps Race Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars

Media Conference 15 minutes 1545 1555 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 4 10 minutes 1605 1625 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1635 1650 MGF 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1700 1715 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 B Goulding Secretary of the Meeting

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala 2003 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 6 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/3108/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at the Mallala Motor Sport Park on 29-31 August 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS not in conflict with the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules, the AVESCO Operation Manual Rules (“the Rules”), Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins which may be issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a National event. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Mallala Motorsport Park P/L 1050 South Road, Edwardstown, South Australia, 5039 Telephone:08 8276 7744, Facsimile: 08 8276 7290

1.3.2 Organiser: Sporting Car Club of S.A. Inc. 51 King William Road, Unley, South Australia, 5061. Telephone: (08) 8217 5689; Facsimile: (08) 8272 5396 Email address: specevents@iprimus.com.au 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Neville Pym, Chris Green, Rob Mead, Jack Holding, Vince Ciccarello. 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steve O’Connor (Chief), Peter Drew, Peter Svensson & Steve Lisk (Observer) 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Steve Preece 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor

1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 Konica V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.9 Konica V8 Supercar Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Vince Ciccarello 1.3.11 Clerk of Course Don Sims 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Don Sims (2) Finish: Barry Frost (3) Pit Lane Speed: Tony Bradley (4) Noise: Reg Marratt (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Paul Taylor, Garry Bailey & Tony Milton Supplementary Regulations

Page 2 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 2.6 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 30 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located inside the Office of the Secretary of the Meeting, behind the Race Control Building. 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located next to the Office of the Secretary of the Meeting, behind the Race Control Building. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form,

the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 28 August 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be 2 races of 16 laps and 1 race of 28 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules.

1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 08:00 on Friday 29 August or on an earlier day with the prior agreement of the Organisers. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the KOM.

1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the KOM. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office.

Each race Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock Car pass; and 4 x VIP Car passes. 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the KOM, in conjunction with Organisers. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 10:00 on Friday 29 August at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting

(see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the Konica V8 Supercar Media Manager, Angela Edwards, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1540 and 1610 on Saturday 2 August. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7)

CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Friday 29 August at the AVESCO Transporter for those attending their first round of the series for the year. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Friday 29 August and will be carried out at each Competitor’s assigned paddock area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Friday 29

August in the Briefing Marquee adjacent to the scrutineering bay. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1700 on Saturday 30 August in the Briefing Marquee adjacent to the scrutineering bay. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based

on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest Konica V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in any Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1 Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4, be determined solely by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable.

2.4.2 Grid positions for Race 2 will be the reversed finish order of all cars that were classified finishers in Race 1. The effect of this regulation means that the last placegetter in Race 1 will be allocated grid position 1, the second last placegetter will be allocated grid position 2 and so on (Rule D 6.2.2). Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala 2.4.3 Grid positions for Race 3 will be based on aggregating the finishing results of

Race 1 and Race 2 pursuant to Rule D 6.2.3. 2.4.4 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; 2.4.4.1 any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.4.4.2 Drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start, may be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race

pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable). 2.5 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be displayed from the flag point at Turn 7: the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.6 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.6.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Boards are being displayed. 2.6.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or

imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.7 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, the official sports drink or “unbranded” bottled water, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.8 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday 1 August.

All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1. 2.9 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 30 August – (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Sunday 31 August – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala CHAPTER 4 –SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 RACE CARS All competing Cars must be located in the Paddock Area when not on the Race Track &

must not be driven in the public areas. 4.2 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed in the waste oil receptacles provided; oil must not be tipped into rubbish bins or onto the ground. 4.3 MARQUEES / CORPORATE HOSPITALITY The hire or erection of Marquees must be pre-arranged with the circuit & corporate hospitality is not permitted within the Paddock area. Marquees & corporate hospitality may be arranged with Clem Smith – Ph (08) 8276 7744, Mob 0428 819483. 4.4 MINIBIKES / SCOOTERS

The use of unregistered minibikes and scooters is prohibited within the boundaries of the Mallala Motorsport Park. 4.5 PADDOCK AREA SPEED LIMIT The speed limit for all vehicles inside the paddock area is 10 kmh. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala CHAPTER 5 – MEETING SCHEDULE 5.1 Friday 29 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 V8 Supercars

6 hours Scrutineering 1000 1020 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1030 1050 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1100 1130 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1140 1200 Historic Touring 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1210 1230 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 2 1230 1300 Lunch Break 30 minutes 10 minutes 1310 1330 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1340 1410 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1420 1440 Historic Touring 20 minutes

Practice 2 10 minutes 1450 1510 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 3 1500 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 1600 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala 5.2 Saturday 30 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0930 0945 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1040 1055 Saloon Cars 15 minutes

Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1100 1115 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1120 1140 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1145 1200 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1215 1250 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1255 1310 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 2 5 minutes 1315 1335 Formula 4000 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1340 1400 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1415 1435 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%)

5 minutes 1440 1500 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying V8 Supercar Media Conference 10 minutes 1510 1530 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1540 1610 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1615 1630 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1640 1655 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Race 1 1700 V8 Supercar Drivers & Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 Mallala 5.3 Sunday 31 August

Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 0930 0950 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1000 1015 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1025 1040 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1050 1105 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1135 V8 Supercar 16 Laps Race 1 10 minutes 1205 1225 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1235 1250 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1320 V8 Supercar 16 Laps

Race 2 (Full Reverse Grid) 15 minutes 1355 1410 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 1425 1440 Saloon Cars 15 minutes Race 3 30 minutes 1510 V8 Supercar 28 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1610 1630 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1640 1700 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 3 Vince Ciccarello Secretary of the Meeting

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton 2003 KONICA V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 5 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/0308/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at the Winton Motor Raceway on 1-3 August 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS not in conflict with the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules, the AVESCO Operation Manual Rules (“the Rules”), Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins which may be issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a National event. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Winton Motor Raceway Pty. Ltd. P.O. Box 249, Benalla, Victoria, 3671 Phone: (03) 5766 4235; Facsimile: (03) 5766 4249

1.3.2 Organiser: Winton Motor Raceway Pty. Ltd. P.O. Box 249, Benalla, Victoria, 3671 Phone: (03) 5766 4235; Facsimile: (03) 5766 4249 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Michael Ronke, Bruce Robertson Heather Wallace 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steve O’Connor (Chief), Robert Fraser & Eric Rubens 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Steve Preece 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 Konica V8 Supercar Operations Manager:

Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.9 Konica V8 Supercar Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Heather Wallace 1.3.11 Clerk of Course: James Taylor 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Ian Craven, James Taylor (2) Finish: Ian Craven (3) Pit Lane Speed: Ken Benham (4) Noise: Ken Willmott (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Garry Bailey & Tony Milton 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 3.0 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: Konica V8 Supercars – 40

Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton 1.4.4 Official Notice Board: Located at the rear of the Race Control Building, V8 Supercar Paddock Area. 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located 1st Floor of the Race Control Building, V8 Supercar Paddock Area. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 31 July 2003,

unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be 2 races of 14 laps each and 1 race of 24 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence.

1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 08:00 on Friday 1 August or on an earlier day with the prior agreement of the Organisers. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the KOM. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes,

the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the KOM. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each race Car will be allocated the following passes: One (1) Paddock Car Pass per Car 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the KOM, in conjunction with Organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION

Control tyre selection will take place at 10:00 on Friday 1 August at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the Konica V8 Supercar Media Manager, Angela Edwards, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation.

1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1540 and 1610 on Saturday 2 August. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7) CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Friday 1 August at the AVESCO Transporter for those attending their first round of the

series for the year. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 10:00 and 16:00 on Friday 1 August and will be carried out at each Competitors assigned paddock area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Friday 1 August in the briefing room on the ground floor of the Race Control Building, V8 Supercar Paddock Area. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Saturday 2 August in the briefing room on the ground floor of the Race Control Building, V8

Supercar Paddock Area. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest Konica V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be

permitted to start in any Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1 Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4, be determined solely by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable. 2.4.2 Grid positions for Race 2 will be the reversed finish order of all cars that were classified finishers in Race 1. The effect of this regulation means that the last

placegetter in Race 1 will be allocated grid position 1, the second last placegetter will be allocated grid position 2 and so on (Rule D 6.2.2). 2.4.3 Grid positions for Race 3 will be based on aggregating the finishing results of Race 1 and Race 2 pursuant to Rule D 6.2.3. 2.4.4 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton 2.4.4.1 any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in

the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.4.4.2 Drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start, may be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable).

2.5 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be displayed from the flag point at Turn 9: the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.6 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.6.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed at the flag point to be advised in further instructions. 2.6.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge

of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.7 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, the official sports drink or “unbranded” bottled water, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.8 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday 1 August. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1.

2.9 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. 2.10 TEAM OWNERS MEETING A meeting for All Team Owners to discuss the direction of the 2004 KVS will be held at 1800 on Saturday 2 August in the briefing room on the ground floor of the Race Control Building, V8 Supercar Paddock Area. CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 2 August – (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Sunday 3 August – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation

Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton CHAPTER 4 –SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 MINIBIKES/SCOOTERS The use of unregistered minibikes and scooters is prohibited within the boundaries of the Winton Motor Raceway. 4.2 RACE VEHICLES All competing vehicles must be located in the Paddock Area when not on the race track. Unregistered or unroadworthy vehicles must not be driven in the public areas. Any breaches of this Regulation will be referred to the Stewards who may impose penalties

up to exclusion from the Meeting. 4.3 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed in the waste oil receptacle provided, which is located midway along the back fence of the V8 Supercar Paddock Area. Oil must not be tipped into rubbish bins or onto the ground anywhere. 4.4 MARQUEES Due to contractual arrangements in place at Winton Motor Raceway, teams who require a marquee at this meeting need to contact the circuit to make arrangements for its construction. Hire companies not contracted to the raceway will not be permitted to put

up Marquees or tents or supply hire equipment on the property. Marquees may be erected on the 10 metre wide grassed area behind the service lane of the garages in the paddock area. No pegs are permitted to be driven into the bitumen. 4.5 CORPORATE HOSPITALITY Corporate hospitality is not permitted in the Paddock Area. All corporate catering must be arranged through the Winton Motor Raceway office. 4.6 ACCOMMODATION Staying overnight in any of the garages, carports or transporters is not permitted during

the period of the Meeting. 4.7 TEAM CATERING As of 1st January 2003 additional Victorian Government Legislation has been enacted regarding preparation of food and catering. All teams contemplating team catering are required to contact Heather Wallace at the Winton Motor Raceway office (03 5766 4235) prior to the event to ensure the compliance with Local Council Ordinance and O. H & S requirements. 4.8 ENGINE NOISE Racing engines are NOT permitted to be started before 0800 or be started or in

operation after 1830 each day of the meeting. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton CHAPTER 5 – MEETING SCHEDULE 5.1 Friday 1 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1100 1130 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1140 1200 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1210 1230 Saloon Cars 20 minutes

Practice 1 10 minute 1240 1300 Improved Production 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1310 1340 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1350 1420 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1430 1450 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 1500 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 10 minutes 1500 1520 Improved Production 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1530 1550 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 16:00 16:20 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Practice 3 1600 V8 Supercar Team Managers

Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton 5.2 Saturday 2 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0925 0945 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1045 1115 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1125 1145 Improved Production 20 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1200 1235 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2

10 minutes 1245 1300 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1310 1330 Formula 4000 20 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1340 1400 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1415 1435 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1440 1500 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying V8 Supercar Media Conference 10 minutes 1510 1530 Improved Production 20 minutes Race 1 – 6 laps 10 minutes 1540 1610 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes

1620 1650 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1700 1715 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Qualifying 2 1730 V8 Supercar Drivers & Competitors Briefing 1800 V8 Supercar Team Owners Meeting Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2003 Konica V8 Supercar Series – Round 5 Winton 5.3 Sunday 3 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 0835 0855 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Race 1 – 8 laps 10 minutes 0905 0920 Improved Production 15 minutes Race 2 – 6 laps 10 minutes 0930 0950 V8 Supercar

20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1000 1025 Saloon Cars 25 minutes Race 1 – 10 laps 10 minutes 1035 1055 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Race 1 – 10 laps 30 minutes 1125 V8 Supercar 14 Laps Race 1 10 minutes 1155 1215 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 1 – 15 laps 10 minutes 1225 1250 Saloon Cars 25 minutes Race 2 – 10 laps 30 minutes 1320 V8 Supercar 14 Laps Race 2 (Full Reverse Grid) 10 minutes 1350 1410 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Race 2 – 8 laps 10 minutes 1420 1440 Sports Sedans 20 minutes

Race 2 – 10 laps 30 minutes 1510 V8 Supercar 24 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes 1605 1625 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 2 – 15 laps 5 minutes 1630 1655 Improved Production 25 minutes Race 3 – 10 laps 5 minutes 1705 1730 Saloon Cars 25 minutes Race 3 – 10 laps Heather Wallace Secretary of the Meeting

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 2003 FOSTER’S AUSTRALIAN GRAND PRIX CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/0903/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The Meeting will be known as the “2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix”, and will be held at the Albert Park Grand Prix Circuit on 5 March - 9 March 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Race Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Australian Grand Prix Corporation P.O. Box 577 South Melbourne, Victoria, 3205

Telephone: (03) 9258 7100; Facsimile: (03) 9699 3727 1.3.2 Organiser: CAMS Limited P.O. Box 147 Caulfield East, Victoria, 3145 Telephone: (03) 9593 7777; Facsimile: (03) 9593 7700 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Tim Schenken, Peter Nelson, Tim Bamford 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Peter Svensson (chief), Robert Anderson & Keith McKay 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 Clerk of Course: Henk Duncan 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer:

Colin Bond 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Peter Nelson National Secretary of the Meeting: Geoff Bull 1.3.12 Deputy Clerk of Course Ken Smith V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Tony van den Dungen, Henk Duncan & Barry Frost (2) Finish: Erik Rubens & Barry Frost (3) Pit Lane Speed: Ken Benham

(4) Noise: Ken Innes Irons 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 5.303 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 32 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located outside the National Race Paddock Office. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1Competitors must have completed the 2003 Official Entry/Registration Form, the Fosters Australian Grand Prix Support Event Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Tuesday 4 March, unless

exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.5.3 This is a Non-Championship special Meeting and as such, the AGPC and AVESCO will at their discretion invite Competitors to attend. 1.5.4 The list of Competitors invited to attend this Meeting is included in these Supplementary Regulations as Attachment “A”. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES & DISTANCE 1.6.1 There will be three non Championship races for invited Cars complying with Division

“C” of the Rules: 1.6.1.1 races 1 and 3 on Friday 7 March and Sunday 9 March respectively, will be 10 laps; and 1.6.1.2 race 2 on Saturday 8 March will be 12 laps. 1.6.2 Subject to the following Supplementary Regulations, awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules, although the Promoter reserves the right to add additional awards, in which case such awards will be advised in Further Regulations. 1.6.3 There will be no prize money paid by the Promoter.

1.7 CONDITIONS OF MEETING 1.7.1 Formula One World Championship Precedence 1.7.1.1 This Meeting is a round of the 2003 FIA Formula One World Championship and teams participating in it will have priority for the whole of the Meeting. 1.7.1.2 Any person or Team not in the right place at the right time may miss their participation in the Meeting. 1.7.1.3 It is recommended that all Teams highlight the areas of their schedule which involve the Team and ensure that all personnel are ready at the appropriate times.

1.7.2 Variation of Program 1.7.2.1 The Organisers do not anticipate any problems but it may be necessary to vary the program at any time. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 1.7.2.2 Teams will be notified of any change to the program as soon as possible and the Organisers will do all they can to maintain the V8 Supercar Category’s involvement as an important part of the program. 1.7.2.3 The program may be varied or altered at the Promoter's discretion to ensure

the Formula One World Championship content stays on schedule. 1.8 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.9 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) AVESCO ‘hard cards’ will not be recognised at this Meeting, the Organisers will issue AVESCO the following types and numbers of passes for distribution to each Team: 1.9.1 18 personnel passes per Car, including the Driver, of which 6 will permit Pit Lane

access; and 1.9.2 1 x Support Tender Vehicle Pass providing access to the National Race Paddock for each competing Car. 1.9.3 2 x Competitor Car Park passes (no access to the paddock) for each competing Car. 1.9.4 The AOM will distribute these passes to the Team transporter operators on Tuesday 4 March. 1.10 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 10:00, Wednesday 5 March at the Dunlop facility located in the Paddock area. 1.11 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS 1.11.1 The Race Management Channel frequency will be advised by way of a Further

Regulation. 1.11.2 The Organisers remind all Competitors of the importance of using only licensed radio equipment; the Licensing Authority having alerted the Organisers that any Car fitted with a radio is regarded as “intent to use” and if not licensed, the equipment may be confiscated by the Licensing Authority. 1.12 MEETING RIDES 1.12.1 Pursuant to Rules E1 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 0950 and 1002 on Thursday 6 March for Invited Cars only. 1.12.1 Invited teams will be notified by AVESCO Media Manager Martine Westbrook.

1.12.3 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.12.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one partial warm up lap starting from Pit Lane and ending in Pit Lane. The Car will not cross the start/finish line. 1.12.5 For this meeting a “Meeting ride” is one in which a Car Carrying a passenger is permitted only to: 1.12.5.1exit the pit lane and complete that part of a lap until the Car crosses the

start/finish line, and then 1.12.5.2 complete a partial lap (the “flying lap”) which must finish when the Car returns to the Paddock at turn 15. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted from 14:00 to 16:00 Wednesday 5 March at the National Race Paddock Office. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted from 10:00 to 16:00 Wednesday 5 March in each

Competitor’s allocated garage area. 2.2. DRIVERS’ BRIEFING The Drivers’ Briefing will be held for all Support Event competitors at 08:30 on Thursday 6 March at the Muster Tent, which is situated adjacent to the National Race Paddock Office. 2.3 MARSHALLING, PRE-GRID AND RACE START PROCEDURE 2.3.1 When Teams are called to the marshalling area, the Car (in “Ready to Race” condition) must be taken there promptly, and any Car not in the marshalling area prior to the Cars being sent to the grid will be unable to join that session or race.

2.3.2 Pit crew with the appropriate Pit Lane Access passes may walk from the National Race Paddock to the Pit Lane (via the Pit Entry road) prior to their session on the track. Equipment may be carried, or wheeled into the Pit Lane on a trolley measuring no more than 2 x 1 metres. 2.3.3 Under the direction of the paddock marshals the following procedure will occur: 2.3.3.1 Cars will proceed to the grid or pit lane. 2.3.3.2 Pit crew may approach the race vehicles at this time. Please note that there

may be a five minute wait with the cars on the grid. 2.3.3.3 Cars driven to the pit lane prior to any race, will not be permitted to enter the track until after the race start proper, and then only under the direction of officials. 2.3.3.4 Drivers are not required to wear their helmets until they reach the grid or pit lane. 2.3.4 The Start procedure will start with a 3-minutes signal being given to the Cars on the grid. From this signal on, the start procedure will be the same as that

detailed in the AVESCO Operations Manual. 2.3.5 NOTE: Adherence to the procedure set out above is important as not to hold up the program. 2.3.6 All personnel going to and permitted in the pit lane must be correctly dressed and all must be 16 years or older to be permitted into the pit lane. 2.4 PRACTICE & QUALIFYING 2.4.1 The Organisers reserve the right to stop any practice or qualifying session as often and for as long as they deem necessary, to clear the track; and have advised that

such time lost may not be made up. 2.4.2 Any driver whose fastest lap - achieved during the qualifying sessions - exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time will not be permitted to start in any race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4.3 Commencement of Sessions All practice and qualifying sessions will be started from the grid and/or pit exit, and will then be controlled from the start line; drivers must be prepared to stop at the direction of an official at pit exit before driving onto the race track at any time.

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 2.4.4 End of Sessions At the end of each session or race and after being shown the chequered flag, drivers will proceed around the track to the run-off area at Turn 15. From there they will be directed into the National Race Paddock as soon as access is clear. 2.5 PIT LANE 2.5.1 Only two (2) persons per Car and essential race officials are permitted at the pit signaling wall during all practice and qualifying sessions and each race; Rule D 11.5.1

will not apply to this Meeting. 2.5.2 Competitors must not paint lines or other markings on any part of pit lane. 2.5.3 No equipment may be placed on the pit signaling wall. 2.5.4 During the start of any race, only race officials and television crews specifically authorised by the Clerk of Course are permitted at the pit signaling wall. 2.5.5 The pit lane speed limit for V8 Supercars is 40 km/h as prescribed by the Rules. 2.5.6 Only six (6) personnel (excluding the driver) for each Car on the track at that time may be

present in the pit lane. 2.6 GRID POSITIONS 2.6.1Grid positions for Race 1 will be determined by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying session. 2.6.2 Grid positions for Races 2 and 3 will be based on the finishing position of each driver in Races 1 and 2 respectively. 2.6.3 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; 2.6.3.1 any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their

fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.6.3.2 drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start, may be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.6.3.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable). 2.6.4 Should track conditions vary during any qualifying session, e.g. from dry to wet, the

Stewards may allocate grid positions according to practice session times or by another criteria. 2.7 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT Black flag, Orange disc, and bad sportsman flag signals may also be shown to drivers from the flag post at Turn 12.5 (opposite Powerhouse) on drivers left. Signals shown at this post will have the same meaning as if shown at the start line. 2.8 KERB HOPPING 2.8.1 A driver must not: 2.8.1.1 consistently cut corners by driving over the inside of kerbs, “ripple strips”, or

off the racing track surface; or 2.8.1.2 cut any corner which results in material or debris being brought onto the racing track; or 2.8.1.3 consistently make contact with a corner, apex tyre bundle or kerb marker. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 2.8.2 Each Sector Marshall will be a Judge of Fact with regard to whether a driver has failed to comply with Supplementary Regulation 2.8.1. 2.9 MARKINGS ON CARS In addition to the requirements of Rule C 19 and Schedule C 2, each Car must display

sponsor’s signage as supplied by the Promoter in a space of 500mm x 120mm on each side of the Car above the competition number. No championship Logos are permitted to be displayed on cars for this meeting. 2.10 YELLOW LINE AT PIT EXIT When exiting the Pit Lane, drivers must not cross the yellow line painted on the track between the Pit Exit and the track. (The yellow line extends from the pit exit towards T1) The crossing of this line (from right to left) will result in a Pit Lane Penalty applied by the Clerk of

Course or some other penalty at the discretion of the Stewards. CHAPTER 3 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS MEDIA ACTIVITIES 3.1.1 City Square Autograph Session (Compulsory) – Federations Square, Cnr Swanston and Flinders Sts; Wednesday March 5th ,12:00 – 14:00 in two groups Martine Cousins will draw up a roster and advise teams. 3.1.2 V8 Supercar Drivers’ Photo (Compulsory); Commences 09:00 Thursday March 6th. All drivers to Assemble by the Netspace Falcon in the middle of the V8 Supercar

paddock. 3.1.3 Media Conferences – all held at the circuit National Press Conference Centre. Qualifying (Top 5); After Qualifying, Thursday 6 March. Race 1 (Top 3); After Race 1, Friday 7 March Race 2 (Top 3); After Race 2, Saturday 8 March Race 3 (Top 3); After Race 3, Sunday 9 March 3.1.4 Autograph Sessions – Drivers to meet at the AVESCO Transporter for the following ‘meet the public’ sessions. Martine Cousins will draw up a roster and advise teams. Thursday 6 March; 1300 – 1400,

Friday 7 March; 1200 – 1300, Saturday 8 March; 1100 – 1200, Sunday 9 March; 1145 – 1230. 3.1.5 Drivers’ Parade – Drivers to meet at AVESCO Transporter. Saturday March 8th; 1305 – 1315 Drivers must be ready at the Transporter by 1250. 3.2 PADDOCK AREA 3.2.1 The National Race Paddock for V8 Supercars, and other national categories will be between Turn 15 and the Pit Entry Lane. Access at non-racing times is via the run-off area at Turn 15. 3.2.2 The support paddock is divided into a number of main areas. Access is not permitted to

support paddocks without first checking with the AOM. ACCESS TO THE V8 SUPERCAR PADDOCK IS NOT PERMITTED UNTIL 0800 TUESDAY 4 MARCH. ANY ATTEMPT TO ACCESS THE PADDOCK PRIOR TO THIS TIME MAY RESULT IN EXCLUSION FROM THE EVENT OR OTHER PENALTY AT THE DISCRETION OF V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO THE PROMOTER. A schedule and map of the park up procedure will be issued in further instructions. 3.2.3 Other than advertising signage that is permanently displayed by a Team on any

pantech, truck, trailer or equipment as part of its year-round signage, no advertising or promotional signage of any kind may be affixed to or displayed in or on any other part of any marquee, tent, equipment, truck, trailer or other vehicle, including on the roof, occupied owned, or operated by the Team and situated in the Paddock Area or elsewhere in Albert Park at any time during the meeting. 3.2.4 Competitors presenting at the paddock entry gate without necessary tender pass will be

turned back by security. 3.2.5 NOTE: The area will be secured each night and the access gates manned. 3.2.6 Paddock Prohibition: Competitors are reminded that they are responsible for notifying sponsors and other associated persons or groups, that corporate type hospitality arrangements are prohibited from the paddock area. 3.2.7 The tunnel can only be used for Support Event vehicles displaying the correct tunnel access pass. The AOM will distribute these passes to the Team transporter operators on

Tuesday 4 March. 3.3 ADMINISTRATION BUILDINGS To better administer to the support categories the Secretary of the Meeting and Stewards office, have been located in the National Race Paddock Office. Phone: 03 8698 8101. 3.4 PROMOTION PERSONNEL Competitors are advised that NO promotional personnel or signage will gain access to the grid prior to practice, qualifying or racing without written authority of the Promoter. 3.5 MERCHANDISING REQUIREMENTS No goods or merchandise of any kind may be brought, sold, advertised, displayed, distributed

or promoted within the boundaries of the Albert Park or near the entrance thereto by or on behalf of any of the Teams at any time during the period of the Meeting. 3.6 TIMING TRANSMITTERS By arrangement with the FOM Timekeepers, all Support Events must be timed using the FOM timing system and competitors are not required to bring their own timing transmitters. The FOM Timekeepers will supply enough transponders to enable this to happen, but officials will need to place them in the cars prior to going onto the track for the first time, and remove

them after the last event for each competitor. Your cooperation will be sought during these procedures. Full details of these arrangements will be available at the circuit. 3.7 NOISE Competitors are reminded of the requirements of Rule C 6.9.1, and that the Organisers may at their sole discretion, prohibit any car exceeding 95 dBa from participating in the Meeting if the noise level is considered to be unsatisfactory. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix

© AVESCO CHAPTER 4 – MEETING PROGRAM (subject to change) 4.1 Wednesday 5 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 SUPERCAR 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 SUPERCAR Tyre Select 1400 1600 V8 SUPERCAR 2 hours Document Check 4.2 THURSDAY 6 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0830 V8 SUPERCAR Drivers Briefing 0930 0950 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 20 minutes Practice 0950 1002 V8 SUPERCAR 12 minutes Prize winner’s Hot Laps 13 minutes 1015 1035 INVITATIONAL CATEGORY

20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1050 1110 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1125 1155 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 30 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1205 1235 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1250 1310 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1325 1345 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1355 1410 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC 15 minutes Demonstration 15 minutes 1425 1445 CARRERA CUP 20 minutes Qualifying

15 minutes 1500 1530 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 30 minutes Qualifying 20 minutes 1550 1615 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 25 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1625 1635 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 20 minutes 1650 1715 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 25 minutes Race 1 20 minutes 1735 1800 CARRERA CUP 25 minutes Race 1 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.3 FRIDAY 7 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0830 1030 FORMULA ONE

2 hours Testing 30 minutes 1100 1200 FORMULA ONE 60 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1210 1215 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 5 minutes Parade 5 minutes 1220 1240 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1250 1300 REV GP KART CHALLENGE 10 minutes Qualifying 3 minutes 1303 1315 TRADING POST GRAND PRIX RALLY 12 minutes Parade Part 1 1400 1500 FORMULA ONE 60 minutes Qualifying 1 25 minutes 1525 1545 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 10 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1600 1620 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP

20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1630 1640 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 10 minutes 1650 1705 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC 10 minutes Demonstration 5 minutes 1710 1715 SHOW ‘N’ SHINE PRESENTED BY SHANNONS 5 minutes Parade Lap 20 minutes 1735 1800 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 25 minutes Race 2 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 10 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.4 SATURDAY 8 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0900 0945 FORMULA ONE 45 minutes Practice 2

30 minutes 1015 1100 FORMULA ONE 45 minutes Practice 3 20 minutes 1120 1140 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1155 1215 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 20 minutes 8 minutes 1223 1235 TRADING POST GRAND PRIX RALLY 12 minutes Parade Part 2 10 minutes 1245 1255 REV GP KART CHALLENGE 10 minutes 15 minutes 1305 1315 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 10 minutes Drivers Parade 15 minutes 1330 1345 FORMULA ONE 15 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1400 1500 FORMULA ONE 60 minutes

25 minutes 1525 1550 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 12 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1605 1630 CARRERA CUP 30 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1640 1650 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 20 minutes 1700 1715 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC 15 minutes Demonstration 20 minutes 1735 1800 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 25 minutes Race 3 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.5 SUNDAY 9 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0930 1000 FORMULA ONE

30 minutes Warm Up 5 minutes 1005 1015 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC INCLUDING EXOTIC MARQUES 10 minutes Demonstration 22 minutes 1037 1057 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 10 laps Race 3 13 minutes 1110 1115 FORMULA ONE 5 minutes DRIVERS’ PHOTO 1115 1126 FORMULA ONE 11 minutes DRIVERS’ PARADE 14 minutes 1140 1155 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 15 minutes 5 minutes 1200 1205 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 5 minutes Parade 10 minutes 1215 1227 CARRERA CUP 12 minutes Race 3 13 minutes 1240 1250 THE ULTIMATE SPEED

COMPARISON 10 minutes 15 minutes 1305 1319 PIT STRAIGHT PRESENTATION 14 minutes 34 minutes 1350 1352 NATIONAL ANTHEM 2 minutes 8 minutes 1400 2003 FOSTERS AUSTRALIAN GRAND PRIX 59 Laps Race Peter Nelson. Secretary of the Meeting Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 12 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO ATTACHMENT A Car Driver 1 Mark Skaife 2 Todd Kelly 3 Cameron McConville 4 Marcos Ambrose 5 Glenn Seton 6 Craig Lowndes

7 Rodney Forbes 8 Paul Dumbrell 9 Russell Ingall 10 Mark Larkham 00 Greg Ritter 11 Steven Richards 15 Rick Kelly 16 Paul Weel 17 Steven Johnson 18 Max Wilson 19 David Besnard 20 Jason Bargwanna 21 Brad Jones 29 Paul Morris 31 Steve Ellery 33 Jamie Whincup 34 Garth Tander 44 Simon Wills 45 Jason Richards 50 Jason Bright 51 Greg Murphy 65 Paul Radisch 66 Dean Canto 69 Craig Baird 75 Anthony Tratt 88 John Bowe

V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 1 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 2003 FOSTER’S AUSTRALIAN GRAND PRIX CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/0903/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS 1. Clothing Requirement Each Driver must wear a patch as provided by the Promoters, on each Driver’s racing suit, located either on the upper chest or the front of one arm, which must be clearly visible at all times while the Driver is wearing the racing suit which must be worn at any promotional

appearances as required pursuant to the Supplementary Regulations. 2. City Square Autograph Session Supplementary Regulation 3.1.1 is deleted and replaced with the following: 3.1.1 City Square Autograph Session (Compulsory) – City Square, Swanston St; Wednesday March 5th,12:00 – 14:00 in two groups Martine Cousins will draw up a roster and advise teams. 3. Drivers’ Parade Supplementary Regulation 3.1.5 is deleted and replaced with the following: 3.1.5 Drivers’ Parade – Drivers to meet at the AVESCO Transporter

Saturday March 8th; 1255 – 1305 Drivers must be ready at the marshalling area by 1240. 4. Meeting Program Chapter 4 – Meeting Program is deleted and replaced with the following: (Note: The only change to V8 Supercar scheduled activities is the Drivers Parade as noted in Further Regulation 2.) CHAPTER 4 – MEETING PROGRAM (subject to change) 4.1 Wednesday 5 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 SUPERCAR 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 SUPERCAR Tyre Select 1400

1600 V8 SUPERCAR 2 hours Document Check V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 2 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.2 THURSDAY 6 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0830 V8 SUPERCAR Drivers Briefing 0930 0950 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 20 minutes Practice 0950 1002 V8 SUPERCAR 12 minutes Prize winner’s Hot Laps 13 minutes 1015 1035 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1050 1110 CARRERA CUP 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1125 1155 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR

SHOWDOWN 30 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1205 1235 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1250 1310 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1325 1345 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1355 1410 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC 15 minutes Demonstration 15 minutes 1425 1445 CARRERA CUP 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1500 1530 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 30 minutes Qualifying 20 minutes 1550 1615 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 25 minutes

Race 1 10 minutes 1625 1635 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 20 minutes 1650 1715 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 25 minutes Race 1 20 minutes 1735 1800 CARRERA CUP 25 minutes Race 1 V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 3 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.3 FRIDAY 7 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0830 1030 FORMULA ONE 2 hours Testing 30 minutes 1100 1200 FORMULA ONE 60 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1210 1215 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 5 minutes Parade

5 minutes 1220 1240 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1250 1300 REV GP KART CHALLENGE 10 minutes Qualifying 3 minutes 1303 1315 TRADING POST GRAND PRIX RALLY 12 minutes Parade Part 1 1400 1500 FORMULA ONE 60 minutes Qualifying 1 25 minutes 1525 1545 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 10 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1555 1610 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC 15 minutes Demonstration 10 minutes 1620 1630 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 20 minutes 1650 1710 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP

20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1715 1720 SHOW ‘N’ SHINE PRESENTED BY SHANNONS 5 minutes Parade Lap 15 minutes 1735 1800 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 25 minutes Race 2 V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 4 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.4 SATURDAY 8 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0900 0945 FORMULA ONE 45 minutes Practice 2 30 minutes 1015 1100 FORMULA ONE 45 minutes Practice 3 20 minutes 1120 1140 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes

1150 1205 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC 15 minutes Demonstration 20 minutes 1225 1245 FORMULA FORD TRACK ATTACK 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1255 1305 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 10 minutes Drivers Parade 15 minutes 1330 1345 FORMULA ONE 15 minutes Unofficial Practice 15 minutes 1400 1500 FORMULA ONE 60 minutes Qualifying 2 25 minutes 1525 1550 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 12 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1600 1610 REV GP KART CHALLENGE 10 minutes 15 minutes 1625 1645 CARRERA CUP 30 minutes

Race 2 10 minutes 1655 1705 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 8 minutes 1713 1725 TRADING POST GRAND PRIX RALLY 12 minutes Parade Part 2 15 minutes 1740 1800 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 20 minutes Race 3 V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 5 2003 Foster’s Australian Grand Prix © AVESCO 4.5 SUNDAY 9 MARCH Start Finish CATEGORY Duration Session 0930 0950 CLEANEVENT NATIONS CUP 20 minutes Race 4 15 minutes 1005 1015 TATTERSALL’S HISTORIC INCLUDING EXOTIC MARQUES 10 minutes Demonstration

22 minutes 1037 1057 NETSPACE V8 SUPERCAR SHOWDOWN 10 laps Race 3 13 minutes 1110 1115 FORMULA ONE 5 minutes DRIVERS’ PHOTO 1115 1126 FORMULA ONE 11 minutes DRIVERS’ PARADE 14 minutes 1140 1155 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 15 minutes 5 minutes 1200 1205 MINI CELEBRITY CHALLENGE 5 minutes Parade 10 minutes 1215 1227 CARRERA CUP 12 minutes Race 3 13 minutes 1240 1250 THE ULTIMATE SPEED COMPARISON 10 minutes 15 minutes 1305 1319 PIT STRAIGHT PRESENTATION 14 minutes 34 minutes 1350 1352

NATIONAL ANTHEM 2 minutes 8 minutes 1400 2003 FOSTERS AUSTRALIAN GRAND PRIX 58 Laps Race Peter Nelson. Secretary of the Meeting Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd.

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 10 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/1210/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as “Bob Jane T-Marts 1000” - Round 10 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, and will be held at Mount Panorama – Bathurst, Australia on 8 – 12 October 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be an International event. 1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF

1.3.1 Promoter: IMG P.O.Box 3007, Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6888. Facsimile: (07) 5588 6895 1.3.2 Organiser: IMG P.O.Box 3007, Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6888. Facsimile: (07) 5588 6895 1.3.3 Organising Committee: J. O’Brien, J. Shannon, S. Preece & D. Kidd 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Garth Wigston, Peter Svensson & Steve O’Connor 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor

1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager:Ray Robins 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: David Kidd 1.3.12 Clerk of Course: Steve Preece 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: David Miller & Keith Nicolls (2) Finish: Lisa Drayton & Sid Herold (3) Pit Lane Speed: Doug Reid, Leslie Mathews (4) Noise: To be advised in a Bulletin

(5) Kerbs: Each Sector Marshall whose names will be advised in a Further Regulation. (6) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins & Garry Bailey Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 6.213 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3 AVESCO density: V8 Supercars – Maximum of 42 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located outside the Secretary of the Meeting’s Office.

1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located on the first floor of the Race Control Building. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Tuesday 7 October, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.5.3Entries for this Meeting will only be accepted from Competitors meeting the

following criteria (as published in Schedule A 4 of the Rules): 1.5.3.1 up to 35 Cars from the VCS; and 1.5.3.2 up to 6 Cars from the KVS; and 1.5.3.3 up to 1 “wild card” Cars chosen by the CEO of AVESCO. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACE 1.6.1The Meeting is only for Cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2Only two (2) drivers per Car will be permitted to race in the Bob Jane T-Marts 1000. 1.6.3There will be one Race of 161 laps, and the chequered flag will be shown to the leading Car as it crosses the Control Line at the end of the 161st lap or the first time

that Car crosses the Control Line after 1745, whichever comes first. 1.6.4Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS 1.7.1All Drivers must hold an International licence issued by an ASN affiliated with the FIA, and Drivers holding other than CAMS International licences will be required to provide a Visa issued by the ASN that issued their licence. 1.7.2All Competitors must hold an International licence issued by an ASN affiliated with

the FIA, and Competitors holding other than CAMS International licences will be required to provide a Visa issued by the ASN that issued their licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT & PADDOCK 1.8.1Teams are not permitted to attempt access to the paddock area before 0900 Monday 6 October and Team vehicles will not be permitted to park up before 0900 on Tuesday 7 October. 1.8.2Access to the paddock area is by: 1.8.2.1 If the track is open: passing through the admission entry gates and along

the pit straight and left into the paddock via the mountain straight gate. 1.8.2.2 If the track is closed: passing through the admission entry gates and left onto the road which passes through the Caltex Chase tunnel and into the paddock area. NOTE: The tunnel is 3.1 metres high x 2.7 metres wide. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 1.9 PIT GARAGE ALLOCATION Will be made pursuant to Rule D2 by the AOM.

1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one (1) or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM. 1.10.4 Passes may be left by Teams at the Event Accreditation Office:

1.10.4.1 which is located in the Forestry Commission car park in Panorama Drive before the entrance gates; and 1.10.4.2 which will be open at the following times: Monday 6 & Tuesday 7 October: 0700 – 1900 Wednesday 8 – Saturday 11 October: 0600 – 1900 Sunday 12 October: 0600 – 1030 1.10.5 AVESCO Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised by the Organisers at this Meeting. 1.10.5.1 “Green” Series Vehicle Passes will permit access to the Teams Car Park at Harris Park. 1.10.5.2 “Orange” Series Vehicle Passes will permit access to the Paddock

VIP car park located adjacent to the fenced-off V8 Transporter Paddock. 1.10.5.3 No cars will be permitted inside the fenced-off V8 Transporter Paddock. 1.10.6 Any vehicle not displaying the relevant pass may be towed away and may incur monetary penalties for recovery. 1.11 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place on Tuesday 7 October at 1000 at the Dunlop facility located in the V8 Supercar Paddock. CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING

2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change or add any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be between 1000 and 1600 on Wednesday 8 October at the AVESCO transporter. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Wednesday 8 October and will be carried out at each Competitor’s assigned paddock area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Wednesday 8 October in the Drivers’ Meeting Room, which is located across the

main paddock access road from the AVESCO transporter. This will be a combined briefing for all Teams competing in the Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 or the Konica V8 Supercar Challenge. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Saturday 11 October in the Drivers’ Meeting Room. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 2.2.3 A compulsory Refuelling Safety Briefing at will be held at 1200 on Saturday 11

October in the Drivers’ Meeting Room which the following Team personnel must attend: • The refuelling hose operator; and • The fire extinguisher operator. These personnel may be excused from attending this briefing if they have attended a Refuelling Safety Briefing at a previous round of the 2003 Championship. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.4.2 2.3.2 Both drivers designated to form a Car’s final driving crew must, in any practice or qualifying session on or before Friday 11 October, have achieved a best lap time no more than 107% of the fastest time achieved in the Qualifying Upper 50% or Qualifying Lower 50% sessions. 2.3.3 Any driver who does not fulfill the requirements of 2.3.2 above, will not be

permitted to start in the Race or Practice 4 unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.3.4 Any Team seeking to vary the nominated drivers making up their final crew for the Race must advise the Secretary of the Meeting in writing no later than 1200 (noon) on Saturday 11 October; and the variation sought must subsequently be approved by the Stewards. 2.4 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.4.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless

otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.4.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.4.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the Race. 2.4.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.4.5 Each Car will be released on one (1) warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car

crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, and then must enter the Pit Lane via the pit lane exit road and then proceed down the Pit Lane in the reverse direction to normal travel; (the Pit Lane speed limit must be observed).

2.4.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.4.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 2.4.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the

scheduled start time of the session. 2.4.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence it’s timed lap. 2.4.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.4.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one (1) Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race.

2.5 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT 2.5.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the Race. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional

circumstances. 2.6 RACE GRID POSITIONS Subject to Rule D 5.5, the grid position for each Car will be determined by the fastest time recorded for that Car, when driven by one (1) of the drivers designated to form that Car’s final driving crew, in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session or the “Shootout”, whichever is applicable. 2.7 PIT STOPS 2.7.1 The Bob Jane T Marts V8 Supercar 1000 is an endurance Race and Rule D 11.2.1.2 (permitting a maximum of eight (8) people across the prescribed line to

work on the Car) will apply. 2.7.2 At this Meeting the “prescribed line” will be the line passing through the line of posts, at the front of the pit lane garages. 2.7.3 Competitors are permitted to undertake any number of Discretionary Pit Stops, during which refuelling is permitted, subject to Rule D 11.6. 2.7.4 Driver changes are permitted but, pursuant to Rule D 3.3, no one (1) driver is permitted to exceed a total of 107 laps. 2.8 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (CPS’s) 2.8.1 During the Race there will be three (3) CPS’s for each Car which must conform to

the requirements of 2.8.9 and 2.8.11 as appropriate. 2.8.2 At one of these CPS’s, the Car must be refuelled and have the front brake pads changed. 2.8.3 At the other two (2) CPS’s, the Car must be refuelled. 2.8.4 In addition to the requirements of 2.8.2 and 2.8.3 above, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. 2.8.5 Each Competitor must notify their pit lane observer in advance that the CPS is going to take place. 2.8.6 Each CPS must be commenced within the appropriate ‘window’ as detailed below.

2.8.7 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the pit lane access road. A judge of fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 2.8.8 After each CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the pit lane access road to commence the relevant CPS.

The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.8.9 Refuelling CPS’s 2.8.9.1 All three (3) CPS’s, during which a Car must be refuelled, must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: lap 2 and lap 120. 2.8.9.2 CPS’s, during which a Car must be refuelled, must only be undertaken during the Race and must not be undertaken during any ‘red flag period’. 2.8.10 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop during which the Car is refuelled,

Rule D11.9 will apply and must be obeyed. 2.8.11 Brake Pad Change CPS 2.8.11.1 The brake pad change CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading car: lap 48 and lap 120. 2.8.11.2 All four front brake pads must be removed and replaced with other pads. 2.8.11.3 Brake caliper pistons must be retracted by manual hand-held tools only. 2.8.11.4 Only front calipers which conform to the Rules are permitted, and the total replacement of the caliper/pad assembly by using a quick release brake line

coupling is not permitted. 2.8.11.5 The brake pad change CPS must only be undertaken during the Race and must not be undertaken during any red flag period. 2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted on Sunday 12 October during the warm up session and the Race. At all times during this session and Race, the requirements of C18.4.4 must be complied with by all Team members in Pit Lane. 2.10 DRIVER IDENTIFICATION & DRIVING TIME 2.10.1 No one (1) driver may exceed the maximum driving time set out in Rule D 3.3.

2.10.2 All drivers must comply with the identification requirements in Rule D 3.4. 2.11 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 19.2 (located on driver’s right on “Conrod Straight”): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.12 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.12.1 For this Meeting Rule D 11.4.9 is deleted. 2.12.2 A maximum of one only Pit Bay boom per Team is permitted at any time during

this Meeting. 2.12.3 Pursuant to Rule D11.5.9.3, in any race, each Team is permitted to work on only one Car at a time in the Pit Lane or the Team's Pit Bays. 2.12.4 For the purpose of this Regulation any Team of three Cars will be regarded as a two Car Team and a one Car Team. Three Car Teams must nominate which Car will be regarded as a one Car Team, subject to approval from the AOM. Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000

© AVESCO 2.13 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.13.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the Car enters Pit Lane in response to the Black flag, in that session. 2.13.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.13.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the

session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.14 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.14.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Boards are being displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction. 2.14.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of

Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.15 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.16 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed it’s radio frequencies from those nominated on it’s yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Wednesday 8 October. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1

2.17 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. 2.18 YELLOW FLASHING LIGHTS The yellow flashing lights located at Turn 10 (McPhillamy Park) and Turn 11 (Skyline) are a warning that there is a yellow flag sector ahead between Turn 10 (McPhillamy Park) and Turn 18 (Forrest Elbow). These lights are for information purposes only and DO NOT have any regulatory purpose. 2.19 PIT LANE ENTRY AND EXIT 2.19.1 No part of the car shall touch the solid white and yellow line or yellow floppies that

delineate the pit lane entry from the track. In such case penalties may be imposed. 2.19.2 No part of the car shall touch the yellow floppies that delineate the pit lane exit from the track. In such case penalties may be imposed. 2.19.3 The Judges of Fact for Pit Lane entry and exit will be advised by bulletin. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 TRANSPORTER PARADE - From Carrington Park 3.2.1 Date: Tuesday 8 October 3.2.2 Time: 1000 Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000

© AVESCO 3.2 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.2.1 Friday 12 August - (Top 5 Driver pairings) Immediately following Practice 2. 3.2.2 Saturday 13 August - (Top 5 Driver pairings) Immediately following Shoot Out. 3.2.3 Sunday 14 August - (Top 3 Driver pairings) Immediately following the Race. 3.3 AUTOGRAPH SESSION – Bathurst City Square 3.3.1 Date: Wednesday 8 October. 3.3.2 Time: 1700 – 1800 & 1800 – 1900 (Two sessions) 3.3.3 All Drivers and Co-Drivers are required

3.3.4 AVESCO Media Manager, Martine Cousins, will allocate drivers for each group & advise under separate cover. 3.4 MAYORAL RECEPTION – Town Hall 3.4.1 Date: Friday 10 October 3.4.2 Time: 1830 – 1930 *This is an optional activity – invitations have been issued to teams by Bathurst City Council 3.5 DRIVERS’ PARADE LAP - Main gate to Pit Lane from paddock under overpass (Pit Lane side) 3.5 .1 Date: Sunday 13 October 3.5.2 Time: Pre-Race - Exact time to be advised in further instructions. *

3.5.3 Compulsory for all drivers, race suits must be worn. 3.6 PADDOCK AUTOGRAPH SESSIONS – Autograph stage at rear of V8 Paddock near carpark. 3.6.1 Thursday 9 October, 1245 – 1315 3.6.2 Thursday 9 October, 1615 – 1645 3.6.3 Friday 10 October, 1145 –1215 3.6.4 Friday 10 October, 1530 – 1600 3.6.5 Saturday 11 October, 0830 – 0900 3.6.6 Saturday 11 October, 1200 –1230 3.6.7 Saturday 11 October, 1430 – 1500 3.6.8 Martine Cousins to advise Driver roster under separate cover. CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS

4.1 WASTE PRODUCTS 4.1.1 All personnel must be made aware of the fact that NO waste of any nature may be tipped into the storm water drains located within the support compound. 4.1.2 All storm water drains lead directly to the Macquarie River and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) will be monitoring the situation in the lead up and through out the Event. 4.1.3 This ban includes the washing of any wheel rims within the vicinity of storm water drains. 4.1.4 Competitors are advised that the EPA are taking an extremely proactive approach

to this matter and Teams are put on notice that any infringement of this directive Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO will result in action being taken by either the Promoter or the EPA or both; the EPA has the ability to prosecute offenders with heavy penalties. 4.1.5 The Promoter has provided an area for the disposal of waste oil and/or fluid products near the old BP fuel tankers. This is not for the disposal of used car parts

(i.e oil filters etc). 4.2 PADDOCK SPEED LIMIT A speed limit of 10 km/h applies to all vehicle movements in and around the paddock. 4.3 FUEL STORAGE The maximum quantity of fuel that can be stored in any location at any time is 250 litres, except that a maximum of 450 litres of fuel may be stored in any location only for a period of less than 12 hours. CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Tuesday 7 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 1000 Team Transporter Parade 1030

Team park up commences under the direction of the AOM 5.2 Wednesday 8 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 1000 1600 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar 6 hours Document Check 1000 1600 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar Tyre Selection 1500 BJTM 1000 Organisers Meeting 1600 BJTM 1000 & Konica V8 Supercar Team Managers’ Briefing 1700 1900 BJTM 1000 2 hours Autograph Session Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000

© AVESCO 5.3 Thursday 9 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0815 0835 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0850 0920 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0935 0955 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1010 1045 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1100 1200 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1215 1235 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1245 1315 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 15 minutes 1250 1350

Resident Access 60 minutes 15 minutes 1405 1415 Entertainment Session 10 minutes 5 minutes 1420 1520 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Practice 2 After Practice BJTM 1000 Media Conference Top 5 Driver pairings 15 minutes 1535 1555 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1605 1620 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 1615 1645 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 5 minutes 1625 1645 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1705 1725 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 1 Supplementary Regulations

Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 5.4 Friday 10 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0800 0835 Konica V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 0850 0910 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 0920 0940 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 5 minutes 0945 1045 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Practice 3 20 minutes 1105 1125 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1140 1240 Resident Access 60 minutes 1145 1215 BJTM 1000

30 minutes Autograph Session 1145 1215 Public Pit Walks 40 minutes 40 minutes 1255 1340 BJTM 1000 45 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%) 10 minutes 1350 1435 BJTM 1000 45 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying BJTM 1000 Media Conference Top 5 5 minutes 1440 1500 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 15 minutes 1515 1555 Konica V8 Supercar 40 minutes Qualifying After Qualifying Konica V8 Supercar Media Conference Top 5 Driver pairings 1530 1600 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session

20 minutes 1615 1635 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Race 1 20 minutes 1655 1715 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 2 1700 Konica V8 Supercar Drivers and Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 12 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 5.5 Saturday 11 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0745 0805 VB V8 Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 0815 0835 Konica V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm Up 0830 0900 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph

Session 0835 0855 Air Display 15 minutes 0855 0915 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Race 3 20 minutes 0935 0955 MGF Trophy 20 minutes Race 2 0955 1015 Air Display 20 minutes 1015 1115 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Practice 4 10 minutes 1125 1140 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 15 minutes 1155 1255 Resident Access 60 minutes 1200 BJTM 1000 Refuelling Safety Briefing 1230 1300 BJTM 1000 60 minutes Autograph Session 1205 1245 Public Pit Walks 40 minutes 25 minutes 1310 1330 Air Display

20 minutes 1330 Konica V8 Supercars Race 25 laps Race After Race Konica V8 Supercars Podium Top 3 After Podium Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference Top 3 1430 1500 BJTM 1000 30 minutes Autograph Session 10 minutes 1445 1500 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 15 minutes 1515 1535 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 1535 1555 Air Display 20 minutes 1555 1640 BJTM 1000 45 minutes Top 10 Shoot Out After Shoot Out BJTM 1000 Media Conference Top 5 Driver pairings 10 minutes 1650 1715 Safety Car Rides

25 minutes 1650 1715 Air Display 25 minutes 1730 BJTM 1000 Competitors and Drivers’ Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 13 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 10 Bob Jane T-Marts 1000 © AVESCO 5.6 Sunday 12 October Start Finish Description Duration Session 0715 0735 BJTM 1000 Warm-Up 20 minutes Warm Up 0735 0750 Air Display 15 minutes 0750 0810 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 0820 0945 Pre-race Activities including VB Challenge and Drivers Parade* 85 minutes

0930 Pit Lane Opens 0945 Pit Exit Closed 1000 1645 BJTM 1000 161 laps Race Race end BJTM 1000 Podium Presentation 30 minutes Top 3 Driver pairings After Podium BJTM 1000 Post Race Media Conference Top 3 Driver pairings * Exact time for VB Challenge and Drivers parade to be advised in further instructions. David Kidd Secretary of the Meeting

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 1 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2303/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the “Clipsal 500 Adelaide” (hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”) which will also comprise Round 1 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, and will be held on the Adelaide Parklands 2 Circuit on 20 - 23, March 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: The South Australian Motor Sports Board, a body established pursuant to the (South Australian) Motor Sport Act 1984. P.O. Box V8, Kent Town, South Australia, 5000 Telephone: (08) 8212 8500, Facsimile: (08) 8212 6700 1.3.2 Organiser: The South Australian Motor Sports Board. 1.3.3 Organising Committee: , M Brock, A Daniels, M Drewer, J Mattner,. C. Smerdon, P. Hoffmann 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson &

Steve O’Connor 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Jack Holding 1.3.11 Clerk of Course: Lawrie Schmitt 1.3.12 Deputy Clerk of Course: Chris Green 1.3.13 Asst. Clerk of Course(s): Don Sims, Henk Duncan, Rob Mead 1.3.14 Judges of Fact:

(1) Start: Lawrie Schmitt, Chris Green, Henk Duncan (2) Finish: Barry Frost, Chris Green (3) Pit Lane Speed: Leslie Mathews, Greg Butler, Ken Benham, Shane Dwyer, Margaret Hall, V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO Andrea Sanders, Elsje Cole (4) Noise: Reg Marrat, David Bunker (5) Pit Lane Penalties: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow & Ray Robins 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 3.22 Kilometres

1.4.2Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3Track density: V8 Supercars – 35. 1.4.4Control Line: Is adjacent to the start/finish line. 1.4.5Notice Board: Located at the office of the Secretary of the Meeting. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Wednesday 19 March 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a

change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2There will be two Legs of 78 laps, which combined will be regarded as constituting Round One of the VCS; and each leg will include two Compulsory Pit Stops. 1.6.3Although Round One is a Sprint Round of the VCS, Start procedures for both legs will be those used for Endurance Rounds as provided in Rule D8.2. 1.6.4The first three (3) place getters of each Leg will be awarded points according to Rule D

14.4.3 but the first three (3) place getters of the “Clipsal 500 Adelaide” will be the first three (3) place getters of Leg two, regardless of the total number of points accumulated by any driver. 1.6.5Other awards and conditions are those contained in the Rules. 1.6.6At the end of each Leg, the first three (3) cars must return to the pit lane where they will be directed by officials to an area for the presentation. All other competitors must also return to the pit lane. 1.6.7At the end of Leg two, the left hand side (the “fast lane”) of the pit lane will become parc

ferme and, as such, will be a secure area to which only authorised officials will have access (Rule D 13). 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO PADDOCK 1.8.1Teams will be permitted to enter the Paddock with service vehicles between 06:00 hrs and 08:00 hrs on each day. 1.8.2Service vehicles must be removed from the Paddock area before 08:00 hrs. each day.

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the

Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each race Car will be allocated the following passes: 3 x VIP Car passes for the Teams carpark which is situated at Gate 2, the entry to which is through the gate at the corner of Angas Street and East Terrace; and

1 x Corporate Car pass for the Corporate carpark, access to which is via Gate 1 on the corner of Halifax and East Terrace. 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to Teams by the AOM. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place on Wednesday 19 March at 10:00 at the Dunlop facility located near the central garage area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine

Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of such intention. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1720 and 1750 on Friday 21 March. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO

CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors will conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 20 March at the AVESCO Transporter 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1500 on Thursday 20 March and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 15:00 on Thursday 20 March in the Park Lounge Bar located in the SAJC Complex (grandstands on other

side of track behind V8 Supercar paddock), adjacent to the Fullarton Road and Eastern Side of track. Access from the V8 Supercar Paddock is over the footbridge behind paddock, through "Holden Heaven" and into base of SAJC complex. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 10:30 on Saturday 22 March in the Park Lounge Bar. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.4.2 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in either race for the V8 Supercars; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will

determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the race. 2.5.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions.

2.5.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from pit lane, as the Car crosses the control (timing) line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.6 When the Car crosses the control (timing) line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter pit lane via the pit entry lane.

2.5.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled

start time of the session. 2.5.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence it’s timed lap. 2.5.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the race. 2.6 TYRES

2.6.1 At the end of the Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or changed weather conditions at the commencement of Leg 1, must be used to start Leg 1. 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Shootout but not used to start Leg 1, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.7 RACE GRID POSITIONS

2.7.1 Subject to Rule D 5, race grid positions for Leg 1 will be determined by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session or the “Shootout”, whichever is applicable. 2.7.2 Grid positions for Leg 2 will be based on the finishing position of each driver in Leg 1. 2.7.3 Unless otherwise determined by the Series Stewards; 2.7.3.1 any drivers who do not finish Leg 1 may be permitted to start in Leg 2 from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or race time

(whichever is applicable); and 2.7.3.2 drivers who had qualified to start in Leg 1 but were unable to so start, may be permitted to start in Leg 2 from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.7.3.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or race time (whichever is applicable). 2.8 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.8.1 During each of the two Legs, there will be two (2) compulsory pit stops. 2.8.2 At one of these CPSs, each car must have all four wheels/tyres changed; the

replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D11.1.4 applies. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.8.3 At the other CPS, each Car must be refuelled. It is strictly forbidden to change any wheels/tyres during this CPS. 2.8.5 Subject to the preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.8.2 and 2.8.3, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. 2.8.6 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps

completed by the leading car: lap number 2 and lap number 57. 2.8.7 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that line separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 2.8.8 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit

before entering the pit access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.8.9 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop at which a Car is refuelled, Rule D 11.9 will apply and must be obeyed. 2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted on Saturday 22 March and Sunday 23 March 2003. At all times during the warm up and race on these days, the requirements of C18.4.4

must be complied with by all team members in Pit Lane. 2.10 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.10.1 A maximum of one only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.10.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.10.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams

“paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.11 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be displayed from turn 10, out of Wakefield Road: the Black Flag, the Black Flag with Orange Disc and the Black and White Diagonal Flag. 2.12 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.12.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of

the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.12.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.12.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.13 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.13.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being

displayed at the flag point for Turn 13 flag point. 2.13.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.14 PODIUM PRESENTATION V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by

the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA 3.1.1 Drivers’ Autograph Session – TBA 3.1.2 Meet The Public (Top 16 Drivers from qualifying in two groups) - V8 Supercar Paddock Area opposite pit garages. 3.1.2.1 Group 1 14:00 – 14:30 Thursday 20 March 3.1.2.2 Group 2 15:00 – 15:30 Friday 21 March 3.1.2.3 Group 3 09:00 – 09:30 Saturday 22 March 3.1.2.4 Group 4 09:00 – 09:30 Sunday 23 March 3.1.2.5 Martine Westbrook will draw up a roster and advise teams.

3.1.3 V8 Supercar Drivers’ Parade (Compulsory); Sunday 23 March. 3.1.2.1 Commences 11:40 3.1.2.2 All drivers to Assemble at the AVESCO Transporter at 11:20. 3.1.4 Media Conferences – all held at the circuit Media Centre 3.1.4.1 Qualifying (Top 5); Immediately following Qualifying Friday 21 March. 3.1.4.2 Leg 1 (Top 3); Immediately following Leg 1 Saturday 22 March. 3.1.4.3 Leg 2 (Top 3); Immediately following Leg 2 Sunday 23 March. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8

V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO CHAPTER 4 - SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 CARE FOR PARKLANDS Competitors must be aware that the Adelaide Parklands are a valuable asset to the host community, so all Teams are required to treat the areas available within the Parklands with respect and discretion to minimize any adverse environmental impact. 4.2 FUEL STORAGE - GARAGES The maximum quantity of fuel that can be stored in any location at any time is 250 litres,

except that a maximum of 450 litres of fuel may be stored in any location only for a period of less than 12 hours. CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 WEDNESDAY 19 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars Document Checking 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars Scrutineering 1000 Konica V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1500 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 Konica V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 5.2 THURSDAY 20 MARCH 0830 0845 Group N Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0900 0920 Australian Production Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 20 minutes 0940 1015 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Practice 1 20 minutes 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Checking 1000 1500 V8 Supercars 5 hours Scrutineering 1035 1055 GT Performance 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1110 1125 Saloon Cars Australia

20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1140 1200 Nations Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1215 1230 Group N Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1250 1325 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 20 minutes 1345 1405 V8 BRutes 20 minutes Practice 1 1400 1430 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Autograph Session 1 15 minutes 1420 1440 Saloon Cars Australia 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1455 1515 Formula 3 20 minutes Practice 1 1500 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 15 minutes

1530 1550 Australian Production Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 20 minutes 1610 1630 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying 10 minutes 1640 1700 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying 20 minutes 1720 1740 V8 BRutes 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1755 1810 Saloon Cars Australia 8 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1825 1840 Group N Historic Touring Cars 7 laps Race 1 20 minutes 1900 1930 Konica V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 5.3 FRIDAY 21 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0850 Australian Production Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 0905 0925 GT Performance 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 0940 1015 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1030 1050 V8 BRutes 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1105 1125 Formula 3 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1140 1215 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes

1230 1250 Nations Cup 20 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1305 1325 GT Performance 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1340 1400 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying 5 minutes 1405 1425 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying 1425 1430 Network Ten On-Track Activity 15 minutes 1445 1505 Formula 3 20 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1525 1545 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm-up 20 minutes 1605 1635 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Top 10 Shootout 15 minutes 1650 1705 Australian Production Cars

15 minutes Race 1 – 8 laps 15 minutes 1720 1750 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 40 minutes 1830 1933 Konica V8 Supercars 40 laps Race Race End Konica V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After podium Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 5.4 SATURDAY 22 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0850 Nations Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 0905 0925 Formula 3

20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 0935 0950 Farmers Union Iced Coffee Kart Challenge 15 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1000 1015 GT Performance 9 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1030 V8 Supercars Drivers Briefing 1030 1045 V8 BRutes 8 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1055 1110 Farmers Union Iced Coffee Kart Challenge 3 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1120 1140 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm-up 15 minutes 1155 1215 Nations Cup 12 laps Race 1 1225 1245 VB Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 1255 1315 Formula 3

12 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars Pit exit open 1345 V8 Supercars Pit exit closed 1400 CLIPSAL 500 ADELAIDE 78 laps Leg 1 Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1630 1645 V8 BRutes 7 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1700 1715 Australian Production Cars 8 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1730 1745 GT Performance 9 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1800 1815 Saloon Cars Australia 8 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1830 1910 Nations Cup 30 laps Race 2 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 12 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 1 Clipsal 500 © AVESCO 5.5 SUNDAY 23 MARCH Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0845 GT Performance 9 laps Race 3 15 minutes 0900 0915 Farmers Union Iced Coffee Kart Challenge 3 laps Race 2 15 minutes 0930 0950 Formula 3 12 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1005 1025 Nations Cup 12 laps Race 3 15 minutes 1040 1100 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm-up 10 minutes 1110 1115 CAMS 50th Anniversary Parade 5 minutes 1115 1120 Clipsal Adelaide Rally Parade

5 minutes 1120 1135 Ford Demonstration 15 minutes 5 minutes 1140 1155 V8 Supercars 15 minutes Drivers Parade 10 minutes 1205 1220 Group N Historic Touring Cars 7 laps Race 2 5 minutes 1225 1245 VB Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 1255 1310 V8 BRutes 7 laps Race 3 20 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars Pit exit open 1345 V8 Supercars Pit exit closed 1350 National Anthem 1400 CLIPSAL 500 ADELAIDE 78 laps Leg 2 Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After podium V8 Supercars Media conference

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 6 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2906/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series – Round 6, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at Darwin’s Hidden Valley raceway, Northern Territory on 27-29 June 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1Promoter: Northern Territory Major Events Company G.P.O. Box 4396, Darwin, N.T., 0801 Telephone: (08) 8999 5374 Facsimile: (08) 8941 4628 1.3.2Organiser: Northern Territory Major Events Company G.P.O. Box 4396, Darwin, N.T., 0801 Telephone: (08) 8999 6740 Facsimile: (08) 8941 4628 Hidden Valley Circuit: Phone: (08) 8999 5256 Facsimile: (08) 8947 1472 1.3.3Organising Committee: Peter Nelson, Tiffany Daley, Alan Turnbull 1.3.4V8 Supercar Stewards

Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson & Peter Drew. 1.3.5V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Peter Nelson 1.3.11 Clerk of Course Ken Smith 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Ken Smith, Barry Frost, Erik James (2) Finish: Barry Frost, Ken Smith, Erik James

(3) Pit Lane Speed: To be confirmed in a Bulletin (4) Noise: To be confirmed in a Bulletin (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins & Garry Bailey Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 2.87 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3 Track Density: V8 Supercars - 35 1.4.4 Notice Board: Outside Paddock Office, located at the Control Tower end of

the Pit garages 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Adjacent to the Control Tower 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 26 June 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules.

1.6.2 There will be 1 race of 17 laps and 2 races of 35 laps; the 35 lap races each including one Compulsory Pit Stop. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit immediately following the Transporter Convoy Thursday 26 June. AOM to advise teams of further details under separate

cover. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Lane Garage allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by

the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each race Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock Car pass for each Car entered 4 x Carpark C (V8 Supercar Carpark) passes for each Car entered 1 x Express Car Pass for each V8 Supercar driver entered. 1.10.5 For each V8 Supercar driver entered 2 x Guest passes (Hot Passes) will be left

for collection at the accreditation office. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO 1.11 TEAM PARKING Carpark C has been set aside as a V8 Supercar exclusive carpark. Access is via Gate B directly off Tiger Brennan Drive. See attached circuit map. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0900 on Friday 27 June at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting

(see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1550 and 1620 on Friday 27 June. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for Competitors that have changed any of the details on their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 27 June at the AVESCO Transporter 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 27 June and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1300 on Friday

27 June in the briefing area, which is adjacent to the marshalling area. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1700 on Friday 27 June in the briefing area, which is adjacent to the marshalling area. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3 .1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based

on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.4.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards.

Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO 2.4.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.4.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the Race. 2.4.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions.

2.4.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.4.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and

drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.4.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.4.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.4.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence it’s timed lap.

2.4.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.4.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.5 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT 2.5.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather

conditions at the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start Race 1. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start Race 1, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.6 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.6.1 There will be one CPS for each Car in each of races 2 & 3 during which all four wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than

those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. 2.6.2 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: lap 2 and lap 24. 2.6.3 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.6.4 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race

circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO 2.6.5 Any other work on the Car (other than refuelling) may be undertaken at the CPS. 2.7 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.7.1 A maximum of one only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two booms at any

other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.7.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.7.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.8 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be

displayed from Flag Point 10 (on drivers right) the Black Flag, the Black Flag with Orange Disc and the Black and White Diagonal Flag. 2.9 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.9.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.9.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that

session. 2.9.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.10 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.10.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction. 2.10.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real

or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, the official sports drink or “unbranded” bottled water are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.12 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed it’s radio frequencies from those nominated on it’s yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday 27 June.

All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.13 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be advised under further instructions. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 Transporters Convoy – Departs and returns to Hidden Valley Raceway 3.1.1 Thursday June 26. 3.1.2 1130 – 1300 3.1.3 Transporters to Assemble at the top carpark at 1100 3.1.4 AOM to advise travel route

3.2 Autograph Sessions – Mindil Markets, Mindil Beach. 3.3.1 Thursday June 26 3.3.2 1730 –1930 3.3.3 Drivers – Groups “A” and “C”. 3.3 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.3.1 Friday 27 June – (top 5) Immediately following Practice 1. 3.3.2 Saturday 28 June – (top 3) Immediately following Race 1. 3.3.3 Sunday 29 June - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following Race 3. CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 TRUCK WASH 4.1.1 Teams are not permitted to wash their transporters at the circuit. Truck washing

facilities are available at Ostojic Transport, Lot 4742 Tivendale Rd, Berrimah (see attached Darwin Suburbs Map) 4.1.2 Truck washing facilities are available from 1200 on Wednesday 25 June and 0730 Thursday 26 June. 4.1.3 The facility will cater for up to 4 trucks at a time, has hardstand and 1 inch taps with good pressure. Teams will need to provide their own wash gear. Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM

5.1 Friday 27 June Start Finish Session Format Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Document Check 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Scrutineering 0900 V8 Supercar Tyre Selection 0920 0945 MGF 25 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0955 1015 Improved Production 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1025 1055 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1105 1125 HQ 20 minutes Practice 1 1200 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 10 minutes 1135 1200 MGF 25 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1210 1230 Improved Production

20 minutes Q 1 10 minutes 1240 1300 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 1300 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 20 minutes 1320 1340 HQ 20 minutes Qualifying 5 minutes 1345 1415 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Meeting Rides 15 minutes 1430 1505 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 1 1505 V8 Supercar Media Conference 10 minutes 1515 1540 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1550 1620 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides 1700 V8 Supercar Drivers and Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations

Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO 5.2 Saturday 28 June Start Finish Session Format Session 0900 0915 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 15 minutes 0930 1005 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1015 1045 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1100 1120 Improved Production 8 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1135 1155 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1200 1220 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) 15 minutes

1235 1255 HQ Holden Race 8 laps 5 minutes 1300 1315 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1325 1350 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1400 1415 HQ / Improved Prod 5 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1430 1500 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Shoot Out 15 minutes 1515 1535 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 15 laps 10 minutes 1545 1600 HQ / Improved Prod 5 laps Race 2 30 minutes 1630 V8 Supercar 17 laps Race 1 Race End V8 Supercar Media Conference Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 6 Hidden Valley

© AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 29 June Start Finish Session Format Session 0910 0925 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 15 minutes 0940 1000 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm Up 5 minutes 1005 1015 Carrera Cup 10 minutes Warm Up 15 minutes 1030 1050 MGF 20 minutes Race 1 13 laps 10 minutes 1100 1115 HQ / Improved Prod 5 laps Race 3 30 minutes 1145 V8 Supercar 35 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1245 1305 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 15 laps 5 minutes 1310 1325 VB Challenge 15 minutes 15 minutes 1340 1400 MGF

20 minutes Race 2 13 laps 30 minutes 1430 V8 Supercar 35 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercar 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercar Media Conference 10 minutes 1540 1600 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 15 laps 15 minutes 1615 1630 HQ/Improved Prod. 5 laps Race 3 5 laps Peter Nelson Secretary of the Meeting. public mound public mound public mound public mound Pit Garage Corporate guests vehicles enter through this gate CLASSIC MARQUEES & HIDDEN VALLEY CLUB GUEST CARPARK

(section 1 only) CLASSIC MARQUEES & HIDDEN VALLEY CLUB GUEST CARPARK (section 1 only) 'Life be in it' side shows NON SPECTATOR AREA NON SPECTATOR AREA NON SPECTATOR AREA RESTRICTED ACCESS PAST THIS POINT

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND - 11 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2610/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “2003 Lexmark Indy 300” (“the Meeting”), which will also comprise Round 11 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series - the Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge, and will be held at the Surfers Paradise Street Circuit on 23 - 26

October 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National event.

1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Gold Coast Motor Events Corporation P.O. Box 3007 Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6800; Facsimile: (07) 5588 6899 1.3.2 Organiser: Gold Coast Motor Events Corporation P.O. Box 3007 Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6800; Facsimile: (07) 5588 6899 1.3.3 Organising Committee: James O’Brien, Julie Shannon & John Jones. 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Garth Wigston, Peter Svensson & Keith Morris. 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director:

Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager: Ray Robins 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: John Jones 1.3.12 Clerk of Course: Paul Overell 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Bob Wilkinson (2) Finish: Bob Wilkinson (3) Pit Lane Speed: To be confirmed by Bulletin

(4) Noise: Dave Wood (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Garry Bailey & Ray Robins Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 4.5 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 32. 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located outside the administration office of the V8 Supercar paddock area. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the

Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Wednesday 22 October, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be two Races each of 22 laps, each including one Compulsory Pit Stop to change tyres.

1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.6.4 Where two or more drivers are tied on Championship Points at the end of the Meeting, order of places will be determined by the best placed driver in the last Race being assigned the highest position. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT AND PADDOCK

Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 0800 on Wednesday 22 October and must be out of the Paddock by 1800 on Tuesday 28 October. No access to the V8 Supercar Paddock is permitted prior to Wednesday 22 October. 1.9 PIT LANE ALLOCATION Will be made pursuant to Rule D2 by AVESCO Assistant Operations Manager, Ray Robins. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes,

the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM. 1.10.4 The Series Accreditation Cards will give Pit Lane access only during V8 Supercar sessions or races. 1.10.5 Series “Paddock” accreditation will not provide access into the CART Garage area other than for Team members on tender vehicles during V8 Supercar sessions.

1.10.6 AVESCO Series Vehicle Passes will not be recognised by the Organisers at this Meeting. Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO office, each Competitor will be allocated the following passes for each Car entered: 1 x Tender vehicle Paddock Car Pass, that will permit one utility type vehicle no larger than 4 tonne in load capacity into the V8

Supercar Paddock. 1.11 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 1000, Thursday 23 October at the Dunlop facility located in the Paddock area. 1.12 MEETING RIDES 1.12.1 There will be no meeting rides at this meeting. CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change or add any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted from 1000 to

1600 Thursday 23 October at the AVESCO transporter. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted from 1000 to 1600 Thursday 23 October in each Competitor’s allocated garage area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Thursday 23 October in Margot’s Room at the Gold Coast International Hotel on Staghorn Ave. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1800 on Friday 24 October in Margot’s Room at the Gold Coast International Hotel on Staghorn Ave.

Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 The list of 32 eligible Cars entered for this Meeting is attached as Attachment 1. 2.3.2 Attachment 1 will contain the highest placed 32 cars entered for this Meeting in Championship order by Car after Round 9. 2.3.3 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based

on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.3.4 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.4.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards.

2.4.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 2.4.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for Race 1. 2.4.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions.

2.4.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.4.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers

must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.4.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.4.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.4.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap.

2.4.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.4.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.5 TYRES. 2.5.1 At the end of the Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at

the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start that Race. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Shootout but not used to start the first Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.6 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.6.1 There will be one CPS for each Car in each Race during which all four wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those

removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. 2.6.2 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading car: lap 2 and lap 16. 2.6.3 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the pit lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.6.4 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race

circuit before entering the pit lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.6.5 Any other work on the car (other than refuelling) may also be undertaken at the CPS. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 2.7 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.7.1 Teams will only be permitted to use Pit bay booms during the races on Saturday

25 October and Sunday 26 October only. 2.7.2 A maximum of one (1) only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. 2.7.3 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.7.4 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars

“paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.8 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 8.4 (located on driver’s left midway between turns 8 and 9): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.9 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.9.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the on which the Car enters Pit Lane in

response to the Black flag, in that session. 2.9.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.9.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.10 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.10.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane

access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction. 2.10.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

2.12 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 23 October. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.13 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 OFF TRACK AUTOGRAPH SESSIONS – Broadbeach Mall

3.1.1 Thursday 23 October 3.1.2 Drivers: Group “B”, 1600 – 1700 3.1.3 Drivers: Group “C”, 1700 – 1800 3.2 ONTRACK AUTOGRAPH SESSIONS – Bowl Area 3.2.1 Friday 24 October 1100 – 1130, Drivers: Mark Skaife, Todd Kelly, John Bowe, Brad Jones & Craig Baird. Drivers will be collected from the AVESCO Transporter 15 minutes before the start of the session. 3.2.2 Saturday 25 October 1315 – 1345, Drivers: Garth Tander, Jamie Whincup, Steven Johnson, Max Wilson & Anthony Tratt. Drivers will be collected from Pit Lane at

the conclusion of the Shoot Out. 3.3 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Circuit Media Centre 3.3.1 Friday 24 October – (Top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.3.2 Saturday 25 October – (Top 3) Immediately following Race 1 3.3.3 Sunday 26 October – (Top 3) immediately following Race 2 3.4 DRIVERS PARADE – Pit Lane 3.4.1 Saturday 25 October at 1515 3.4.2 All Drivers to assemble in Driving Suits at 1510 Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO

CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PADDOCK AREA The V8 Supercar paddock will be situated some distance from the pit area and Cars will be driven to pit lane in convoy at the appropriate time; any Car not able to proceed to pit lane when called may be unable to participate in the relevant practice session or event. The support paddock is divided into a number of main areas. Access is not permitted to V8 Supercar support paddock without first checking with the AVESCO Assistant Operations

Manager, Ray Robins, to place competitors correctly. ACCESS TO V8 SUPERCARS IS NOT ALLOWED UNTIL 0800 WEDNESDAY 22 OCTOBER. Any structure erected within the V8 Supercar Paddock area must be freestanding i.e. no pegs or similar items may be used and nothing may be inserted into the bitumen surface of this area. Competitors will be provided with one (1) tender vehicle pass which is not to be used for private vehicles as space does not allow their inclusion within the area. Competitors presenting at the paddock entry gate without necessary tender pass will be

turned back by security. Attention to the space problem by all is a MUST. NOTE: The area will be secured each night and the access gates manned. Paddock Prohibition: Competitors are reminded that they are responsible for notifying sponsors and other associated persons or groups, that corporate type hospitality arrangements are prohibited from the paddock area. Lack of attention to this matter is likely to cause embarrassment. The Promoter provides general security to the Paddock area (including nightly patrols

with dogs), however each Competitor is responsible for the security of the Competitor’s property at all times. 4.2 ADMINISTRATION BUILDINGS To better administer the support categories, the Secretary of the Meeting and Stewards office have been located in the V8 Supercar support paddock area. 4.3 PROMOTION PERSONNEL Competitors are advised that NO promotional personnel or signage will gain access to the grid prior to practice, qualifying or racing without written authority of the Promoter.

4.4 POWER SUPPLY 4.4.1 The Organisers will provide 240 volt mains power to each competing Team in the V8 Supercar support paddock. 4.4.2 The Organisers will provide 240 volts mains power, and timing feed via cable along the rear wall in Pit Lane. 4.5 MERCHANDISING REQUIREMENTS The sale of all or any merchandising items, or promotional items is prohibited unless licensed approval is provided by Gold Coast Motor Events Co. For all enquires with regards to selling or promoting your merchandise you MUST contact Michelle Ramsey on (07)

5588 6854. Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Thursday 23 October Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0820 GT Performance 20 minutes Practice 0835 0855 Nations Cup 20 minutes Practice 0855 0910 Air Display 0910 0930 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 0945 1005 V8 Brutes 20 minutes Practice 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 1600 V8 Supercars

6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre selection 1005 1020 Air Display 15 minutes 1020 1040 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 15 minutes 1055 1115 GT Performance 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1130 1150 Nations Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1205 1225 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1240 1300 V8 Brutes 20 minutes Qualifying 1300 1315 Air Display 15 minutes 1315 1335 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 15 minutes 1350 1410 GT Performance 20 minutes Race 1

1410 1425 Air Display 15 minutes 1425 1445 Nations Cup 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1500 1520 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1530 1550 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 15 minutes 1600 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 1605 1625 V8 Brutes 20 minutes Race 1 20 minutes 1645 1800 Champ Car 75 minutes On track Orientation Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 5.2 Friday 24 October Start

Finish Category Duration Session 0745 0805 GT Performance 20 minutes Race 2 0805 0820 Air Display 15 minutes 0820 0840 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 0840 0900 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 0900 0935 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 0935 1000 V8 Supercars 25 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1000 1050 Champ Cars 50 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1100 1130 Pace Car Activity 30 minutes Includes Air Display 1100 1130 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Autograph Session 10 minutes 1140 1230

Champ Cars 50 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1245 1305 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 1305 1325 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 1325 1400 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 1400 1415 V8 Supercars 15 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1415 1445 Pace Car Activity 30 minutes Includes Air Display 15 minutes 1500 1600 Champ Cars 60 minutes Qualifying 1 1600 1615 Air Display 15 minutes 1615 1630 V8 Supercars 15 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 1630 1650 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying

Lower 50% 5 minutes 1655 1715 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Upper 50% After Qualifying V8 Supercars Media Conference 1715 1735 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1735 1755 V8 Brutes 20 minutes Race 2 1800 V8 Supercar Competitor and Drivers Briefing 45 minutes 1840 1900 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 1900 2030 Drags 90 minutes Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday 25 October

Start Finish Category Duration Session 0755 0815 GT Performance 20 minutes Race 3 0815 0835 Air Display 20 minutes 0835 0855 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 0855 0915 VB Challenge 20 minutes 0915 0945 Pace Car Activity 30 minutes Includes Air Display 15 minutes 1000 1115 Champ Cars 75 minutes Practice 3 1115 1145 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 1145 1205 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1215 1255 V8 Supercars 40 minutes Top 10 Shoot Out 1255 1300 V8 Supercars

5 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1300 1330 Pace Car Activity 30 minutes Includes Air Display 1315 1345 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Autograph Session 15 minutes 1345 1445 Champ Cars 60 minutes Qualifying 2 1445 1505 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 1505 1550 Pre Race Activities 45 minutes 1515 V8 Supercar Drivers Parade Lap 1550 V8 Supercars 22 Laps Race 1 After Race V8 Supercars Media Conference 1650 1710 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1710 1730 Nations Cup 20 minutes

Race 2 15 minutes 1745 1805 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday 26 October Start Finish Category Duration Session 0730 0750 V8 Brutes 20 minutes Race 3 15 minutes 0805 0825 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 0825 0840 Air Display 15 minutes 0840 0900 Nations Cup 20 minutes Race 3 0900 0920 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 0920 0940 V8 Supercars

20 minutes Warm Up 0940 1000 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1000 1030 Pace Car Activity 30 minutes 15 minutes 1045 1115 Champ Cars 30 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1125 1155 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Set-up in Pit Lane 1155 V8 Supercars 22 laps Race 2 Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 1255 1310 V8 Supercars 15 minutes Depart Pit Lane 1310 1340 Pace Car Activity 30 minutes Includes Air Display 10 minutes 1350 Champ Cars Grid Cars

1350 1430 Pre Race Activity 40 minutes 1403 1413 VB Challenge 10 minutes 5 minutes 1435 1645 Lexmark Indy 300 65 laps 5 minutes 1650 1705 CART Podium Presentation John Jones Secretary of the Meeting Supplementary Regulations Page 12 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO ATTACHMENT 1 Car Entrant 1 Holden Racing Team 2 Holden Racing Team 3 Lansvale Smash Repairs 4 Stone Brothers Racing 5 Ford Performance Racing 6 Ford Performance Racing

8 Castrol Perkins Racing 9 Stone Brothers Racing 10 Orrcon Racing 11 Castrol Perkins Racing 15 K-Mart Racing Team 16 PWR – Team Brock 17 Dick Johnson Racing 18 Dick Johnson Racing 19 Ford Performance Racing 20 Orrcon Racing 21 Ozemail Racing 021 Team Kiwi Racing 23 INXS Team Ford 29 Sirromet - Life / Style / Wine 31 Steve Ellery Racing 33 Garry Rogers Motorsport 34 Garry Rogers Motorsport 44 Team Dynamik 45 Team Dynamik 50 PWR – Team Brock 51 K-Mart Racing Team 65 Triple Eight Race Engineering

66 Triple Eight Race Engineering 75 Paul Little Racing 99 Thexton Motor Racing 888 Ozemail Racing

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 13 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/3011/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the “VIP Petfoods Main Event” - Round 13 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at Eastern Creek International Raceway, NSW, on 27 - 30 November 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1Promoter: AVESCO Events Pty Ltd P.O. Box 607, Southport, QLD 4215 Telephone: (07) 5526 3564 Facsimile: (07) 5526 3461 1.3.2Organiser: Australian Racing Drivers’ Club P.O. Box 6747, Blacktown Delivery Centre, NSW, 2148 Telephone: (02) 9672 1000 Facsimile: (02) 9672 0208 1.3.3Organising Committee: Brian Goulding, Shane Howard, Steve Preece, Anna Sadler & Sam Redfern 1.3.4V8 Supercar Stewards Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson & Barry Cockayne

1.3.5V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager: Ray Robins 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Brian Goulding 1.3.12 Clerk of Course Steve Preece 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: S. Williams, M. Hancock & D. Miller (2) Finish:

P. Coogan, S. Williams & M. Hancock (3) Pit Lane Speed: P.Lynn, A.Halford, B.McKAy & R.Redfern (4) Noise: G. Robson, Dave Martin (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins, Garry Bailey Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 3.93 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3AVESCO Permitted Track density: V8 Supercars – 35 1.4.4Notice Board:

Located at the Race Secretary's office on the outside of the Western wall. 1.4.5Stewards Office: Located on the Ground Floor of the Control Tower 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Wednesday 26 November, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series

Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2There will be two Races for V8 Supercars: 1.6.2.1 one Race of 39 laps on Saturday 29 November in which there will be one Compulsory Pit Stop; and 1.6.2.2 one Race of 64 laps on Sunday 30 November, in which there will be two Compulsory Pit Stops. 1.6.3 Although Round 13 is a Sprint Round of the VCS, start procedures for Race 2 will

be those used for Endurance Rounds as provided in Rule D8.2. 1.6.4 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. Where two or more drivers are tied on Championship Points at the end of the Meeting, order of places will be determined by the best placed driver in the last Race being assigned the highest position. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence.

1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit via gates 7 and 7b on Wednesday 26 November by arrangement with the AOM and from 0700 on Thursday 27 November to set up in the paddock area. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers.

1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM. 1.10.4 The Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised at this Meeting.

1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 1000 on Thursday 27 November at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of such intention. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out

in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1535 and 1605 on Friday 28 November. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change or add any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted from 1000 to 1600 Thursday 27 November at the AVESCO transporter.

2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted from 1000 to 1600 Thursday 27 November in each Competitor’s allocated garage area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitor’s Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Thursday 27 November in the Horsley Centre located at the Control Tower end of the Pit Lane Corporate Suites. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Friday 28 November in the Horsley Centre located at the Control Tower end of the Pit Lane

Corporate Suites. NOTE: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, their relevant briefing/s, unless excused by the Series Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING Qualifying for this meeting will be conducted by a Shootout for the entire field. 2.4 ENTIRE FIELD SHOOTOUT 2.4.1 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for all drivers. 2.4.2 The Shootout will determine all places on the starting grid for Race 1. 2.4.3 The starting order for the Shootout will be randomly drawn.

Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 2.4.4 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.5 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver

must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.4.6 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.4.7 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.4.8 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the

scheduled start time of the session. 2.4.9 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.4.10 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.4.11 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Races.

2.5 TYRES 2.5.1 At the end of the Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start Race 1. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Shootout but not used to start the first Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.6 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.6.1There will be one CPS for each Car in Race 1 during which all four wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. 2.6.1.2The CPS in Race 1 must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Lap 2 and lap 27 2.6.2 There will be two CPS for each Car in Race 2. 2.6.2.1 At one of these CPSs, each Car must have all four wheels/tyres changed;

the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D11.1.4 applies. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.6.2.2 At the other CPS, each Car must be refuelled. It is strictly forbidden to change any wheels/tyres during this CPS. 2.6.2.3 Each CPS in Race 2 must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Lap 2 and lap 48. 2.6.3 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or

imagined) that separates the race circuit from the pit lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 2.6.4 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the pit access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control

Line to open the window. 2.6.5 Subject to preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.6.1 and 2.6.2, any other work (other than refuelling) may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. 2.7 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.7.1 A maximum of one (1) only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. 2.7.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.7.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams

“paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.8 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted during the Warm Up and Race on Sunday 30 November 2003. At all times during the warm up and Race on this day, the requirements of C18.4.4 must be complied with by all team members in Pit Lane. 2.9 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be

displayed from Flag Point 9.3 (on driver’s left): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.10 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.10.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the Car enters Pit Lane in response to the Black flag, in that session. 2.10.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session.

2.10.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.12 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 27 November.

All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.13 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 2.14 DRUG TESTING Full screen drug testing may be conducted at this meeting. Please see the attached memo from CAMS for more information. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.1.1 Post Practice – Friday 28 November (top 5) after Practice 2.

3.1.2 Post Race 1 – Saturday 29 November (top 3) end of Race. 3.1.3 Post Race 2 – Sunday 30 November (top 3) after Podium. 3.2 AUTOGRAPH SESSION – Venue to be advised 3.1.1 Martine Cousins to advise under separate cover. CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 END OF PRACTICE, QUALIFYING & RACES 4.1.1 At the conclusion of each practice and qualifying session and at the end of each Race, (indicated by the chequered flag at the start/finish line on the main straight) drivers must continue around the circuit and use the pit entry lane to return to their

pit garages, subject to directions from officials. 4.1.2 Any driver whose Car enters the paddock area through the back gate during any Race will be excluded from that Race. 4.2 TUCK WASHING A new truck washing bay is located on the paddock entrance road just after the tunnel near the medical centre. This is the only place where vehicles of any type can be washed due to the current NSW water restrictions. HEAVY FINES APPLY. CHAPTER 5 SCHEDULE 5.1 Thursday Start Finish Category

Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars Document Check 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 V8 Supercars Scrutineering 1200 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 5.2 Friday Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0930 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0940 1005 MGF 25 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1015 1030

Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1040 1110 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1120 1135 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1150 1225 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1235 1300 MGF 25 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1310 1340 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1350 1405 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1420 1455 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2 After Practice V8 Supercar Media Conference

10 minutes 1505 1530 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1535 1605 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1615 1630 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1640 1655 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 1 5 minutes 1700 1730 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Meeting Rides 1730 V8 Supercar Drivers & Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday Start Finish Category Duration

Session 0900 0915 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes Stunt Bikes in Pit Straight 5 minutes 0920 0940 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 0950 1010 Formula 4000 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1015 1030 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1040 1055 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 1110 1255 V8 Supercar 1hr 45 min Entire Field Shootout 10 minutes 1305 1335 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1345 1410 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1420 1430 Aussie Racing Cars

10 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1500 V8 Supercar 39 laps Race 1 After Race V8 Supercar Media Conference 10 minutes 1610 1630 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1640 1650 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 1655 1710 Stunt Bikes 15 minutes 5 minutes 1715 1735 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 1 Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Safety Car Rides

15 minutes Stunt Bikes in Pit Straight 5 minutes 0920 0940 MGF 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 0950 1010 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1020 1035 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 4 15 minutes 1050 1110 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1120 1140 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1150 1205 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 1210 1225 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1235 1255 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1305 1325 MGF 20 minutes

Race 2 10 minutes 1335 1400 Pre Race Activities 25 minutes Includes Stunt Bikes 1335 1345 Driver Parade Lap 1400 Pit Lane Opens Front of grid free for pre race activities 1415 Pit Lane Closes 15 minutes 1430 V8 Supercars 64 Laps Race 2 Race End V8 Supercars 30 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference B Goulding Secretary of the Meeting Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd A.B.N 55 069 045 665 851 Dandenong Road, Malvern East, Victoria, 3145 PO Box 147, Caulfield East, Victoria, 3145

Telephone: 03 9593 7777 Facsimile: 03 9593 7700 International Tel: +61 3 9593 7777 International Fax: +61 3 9593 7700 www.cams.com.au Re: Drug Testing In order to fulfill its obligations as a sport in which both competitors and officials receive assistance from the Australian Sports Commission, CAMS is obliged to conduct a certain education, prevention and detection activities in relation to its Drugs in Sport policy. This policy has been well publicised and is printed in full on pages 2-25 to 2-32 of the 2003 CAMS Manual

of Motor Sport. A significant part of the CAMS obligation is to actually test competitors for the presence of prohibited substances in their body and testing may be carried out at any event which is held under a CAMS permit. Full screen drug testing may only be undertaken by the Australian Sports Drug Agency (ASDA) which is a government funded organisation, and is a part of the Australian Sports Commission. It will also analyise the results on behalf of CAMS. The CAMS Drugs in Sport Policy also provides for competitors, with aliments or chronic medical conditions

for which medication (which may otherwise be prohibited under the Policy) is necessary in order for the competitor to sustain a reasonable quality of life, to request a dispensation to use that medication whilst competing in motor sport. This is commonly referred to as a “therapeutic dispensation”. It will be necessary for all competitors who are being prescribed any form of medications for asthma to have their doctor complete a CAMS form (available on the CAMS website) and a statement and for those to be issued to CAMS.

When a full screen drug test is chosen, for any competitor whose name appears on the register it will be assumed that this class of drug does exist in their sample. Should a competitor not appear on the list of registered names, then the tests will be undertaken and if they prove positive, will be prosecuted in accordance with the Drugs in Sport Policy Therefore, it is important that each competitor considers their situation carefully and informs CAMS if they have a medical condition, for which treatment of that condition requires any prohibited being prescribed by

a doctor. In the meantime, please be aware that active full screen drug testing may be carried out at any event which is held under the auspices of a CAMS permit. This will involve the taking of a urine sample from the competitor, which will occur at the completion of an event. If, as a competitor, you are chosen, the following general procedure will be followed: • Should a competitor be chosen for full screen drug testing, they will be notified as soon as possible after the event (e.g. when they arrive at the parc ferme or presentation area etc) and will be introduced to a

ASDA representative, who will act as a chaperone for the selected driver and they will be required to be all times in sight of the competitor between the finish of the event and the time the sample is given. • During the period the competitor is under the observation of the chaperone, it is recommended that only those substances which will be approved by ASDA may be consumed. In reality this will be a selection of drinks which will not further pollute the competitors body with unwanted substances.

• Following any official functions (presentations, media conferences etc.) the chaperone will generally accompany the competitor to a drug control facility where the chaperone will wait with the competitor until a sample is given. Naturally, it may not be possible to offer the sample immediately. A fair amount of latitude is offered to the mobility of the competitor at this time. For instance attending a team debriefing session etc is foreseen. The main stipulation is that any where the competitors goes, so does

the chaperone! • The chaperone is required to evidence the actual offering of the sample. • The samples will then be divided in to specially designed sample bottles, and sealed by the competitor in the presence of the ASDA Drug Control Officer. • Once the sample is given, the competitor is free to resume normal post event activity. As mentioned above, further information regarding the CAMS Drugs in Sport Policy can be found on pages 2-25 to 2-32 of the 2003 CAMS Manual of Motor Sport.

We would be obliged if you could inform your competitors of the above information as soon as possible. Any competitors wishing to further discuss the matter may wish to contact Bruce Keys, (03) 9593 7778 or CAMS Chief Medical Assessor, Dr Geoff Wigley. Yours sincerely Bruce Keys Manager - Safety and Medical Services

Further Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 13 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/3011/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS 1. MEETING RIDES 1.1 For this meeting Rule E1.6 has been deleted. 1.2 Teams will not be permitted to complete a warm up during the Meeting Rides session on Friday 28 November 2003. 2. QUALIFYING Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying

time achieved during the Shootout session will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 3. ERECTING STRUCTURES In line with Workplace Health and Safety guidelines all structures must be held in place with above ground ballast. Spikes must not be driven into the ground anywhere in the Paddock area. 4. TEAM CATERING In order to comply with the requirements placed by the local authorities on the Eastern Creek Circuit, Teams must comply with the following:

- All BBQs must be shielded from public view. - BBQs must be placed next as far away from the Garages as possible. - All local fire regulations in regard to its location to flammable substances must be adhered to. - A 9kg Fire Extinguisher and a bucket of water must be present at all times that the BBQ is in use. - All local health regulations must be abided by with regard to food preparation. 5. ELECTRICAL SAFETY Teams are responsible for the safe use of electricity in their garage and paddock area

and must ensure that they comply with Workplace Health and Safety requirements. Any electrical work should be organised through the official event electrical supplier, who can be contacted through the promoter. 6. CAMPING No camping is permitted anywhere inside the Eastern Creek circuit. 7. TRUCK WASH A reminder to all Teams that a new truck washing bay is located on the paddock entrance road just after the tunnel near the medical centre. This is the only place where vehicles of

any type can be washed due to the current NSW water restrictions. HEAVY FINES APPLY. Further Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 13 VIP Petfoods Main Event © AVESCO 8. SHOOTOUT DRAW 8.1 Date: Saturday 29 November 8.2 Time: 0800 – 0830 8.3 Venue: Pit Lane 8.4 Drivers: ALL 8.5 Format: 33 winners from pre-ticket sales promotion will each draw driver name followed by shootout starting position. 9. AUTOGRAPH SESSION – ON TRACK 8.1 Date: Sunday 30 November

8.2 Time: 0900 – 0930 8.3 Venue: Triple M Stage, Drivers to meet at 8.50am at AVESCO Transporter 8.4 Drivers: Jason Bright, Paul Weel, Craig Baird, Garth Tander, Jamie Whincup, David Besnard, John Bowe, Brad Jones, Jason Bargwanna, Mark Noske B Goulding Secretary of the Meeting

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 12 MOTORSPORT NEW ZEALAND PERMIT NUMBER: (31147) SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as “The PlaceMakers V8 International ” - Round 12 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be

held at Pukekohe Park Raceway, New Zealand on 6 - 9 November 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued.

1.2.2 The Meeting will be an International Meeting. 1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: International Marketing Group (IMG) P.O. Box 74-447, Auckland, New Zealand Tel: 64-9-5225346 Fax: 64-9-5225421 1.3.2 Organisers: The MotorSport Company Ltd P.O. Box 3793, Wellington, New Zealand Tel: 64-4-801 9559 Fax: 64-4-801 8558 New Zealand International Grand Prix (Auck) Inc. P.O. Box 11-129, Ellerslie, Auckland, New Zealand Tel: 64-9-5793108 Fax: 64-9-5793106 1.3.3 Organising Committee:

K. Cooper, D.E. Smith, E.G. Mallard & G. Mortensen 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: G. Wigston (Chief), P. Svensson & W. Scott 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager:Ray Robins 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Eric Mallard

1.3.12 Clerk of Course: David Smith 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Paul Mallard, Malcolm Laycock (2) Finish: Paul Mallard, Malcolm Laycock (3) Pit Lane Speed: Dennis Ephraim, Ross Grant (4) Noise: Graham Hyde, Avril Toia (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins & Garry Bailey Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 2.82 Kilometres

1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 AVESCO density: V8 Supercars – Maximum of 32 Cars 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located at Jennian Homes Administration Building 1.4.5 Stewards office: Located at Jennian Homes Administration Building 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Wednesday 5 November,

unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2There will be three Races for V8 Supercars: 1.6.2.1 one Race of 36 laps on Saturday 8 November in which there will be one Compulsory Pit Stop to change tyres; and 1.6.2.2 two Races, each of 54 laps on Sunday 9 November, in each of which there will be one Compulsory Pit Stop to change tyres.

1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.6.4 Where two or more drivers are tied on Championship Points at the end of the Meeting, order of places will be determined by the best placed driver in the last Race being assigned the highest position. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS 1.7.1All Drivers must hold an International licence issued by an ASN affiliated with the FIA, and Drivers holding other than CAMS International licences will be required to

provide a Visa issued by the ASN that issued their licence. 1.7.2All Competitors must hold an International licence issued by an ASN affiliated with the FIA, and Competitors holding other than CAMS International licences will be required to provide a Visa issued by the ASN that issued their licence. 1.8 PIT GARAGE ALLOCATION Will be made pursuant to Rule D2 by the AOM. 1.9 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.9.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers.

1.9.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.9.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM. 1.9.4 The Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised at this Meeting, but will not permit parking in the Paddock area. 1.9.4.1 All Team vehicles will be parked on the outside of the circuit.

1.9.4.2 The AOM will have “floating “ vehicle passes available to enable deliveries to the inner circuit area. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 1.10 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place on Thursday 6 November at 1000 at the Dunlop facility located in the V8 Supercar Paddock. 1.11 MEETING RIDES 1.11.1 Competitors who have been allocated Corporate or Media Rides (Rule E 1) are

reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to carry out any such Meeting Rides. 1.11.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.11.3 Will be conducted between 1555 and 1625 on Friday 7 November. CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Each Team is required to complete and sign a special Indemnity Form for this

Meeting, which must be completed and handed to AVESCO between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 6 November. 2.1.2 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change or add any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted from 1000 to 1600 Thursday 6 November at the AVESCO transporter. 2.1.3 Scrutineering will be conducted from 1000 to 1600 Thursday 6 November in each Competitor’s allocated garage area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitor’s Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Thursday 6

November in The AVESCO Corporate facility located next to the “Jennian Homes” building. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1800 on Friday 7 November in The AVESCO Corporate facility located next to the “Jennian Homes” building. NOTE: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, their relevant briefing/s, unless excused by the Series Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 The list of 32 eligible Cars entered for this Meeting is attached as Attachment 1.

2.3.2 Attachment 1 will contain the highest placed 32 cars entered for this Meeting in Championship order by Car after Round 9. 2.3.3 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.3.4 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies.

2.4 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.4.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 2.4.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying

sessions. 2.4.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for Race 1. 2.4.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.4.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be

shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.4.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.4.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the

appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.4.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.4.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.4.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session.

2.4.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.5 TYRES. 2.5.1 At the end of the Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start that Race. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Shootout but not used to start the first Race,

unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.6 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.6.1 There will be one CPS for each Car in each Race during which all four wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. 2.6.2 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘windows’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Race 1 - Lap 2 and lap 25 Races 2 & 3

- Lap 2 and lap 38 2.6.3 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the pit lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.6.4 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the pit access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International

© AVESCO will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.6.5 Any other work on the car (other than refuelling) may also be undertaken at the CPS. 2.7 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.7.1 A maximum of one (1) only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. 2.7.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of

the AOM. 2.7.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.8 FLAME RESISTANT CLOTHING As this Meeting has been entered on the FIA Calendar, all Drivers must wear overalls, as well as long underwear, a balaclava, socks, shoes and gloves homologated to the FIA 2000 or FIA 1986 standard. 2.9 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session:

2.9.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the Car enters Pit Lane in response to the Black flag, in that session. 2.9.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.9.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session.

2.10 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.10.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction. 2.10.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP.

2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.12 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 6 November. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.13 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be advised in a bulletin.

Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 WELCOME BBQ / AUTOGRAPH SESSION – SKY CITY, AUCKLAND 3.1.1 1700 – 1900 Thursday 6 November 3.1.2. AVESCO Media Manager, Martine Cousins has prepared a list of drivers required for this activity which will be transmitted under separate cover. 3.2 MEDIA CONFERENCES (ALL TO BE HELD AT MEDIA CENTRE) 3.2.1 Post Qualifying – Friday 7 November (top 5) after Qualifying

3.2.2 Post race 1 – Saturday 8 November (top 3) after Podium 3.2.3 Post race 3 – Sunday 9 November (top 3) after Podium CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PADDOCK SPEED LIMIT A speed limit of 10 kmh applies to all vehicle movements in and around the paddock. CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Thursday 6 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check

1500 V8 Supercars Organiser's Meeting 1600 V8 Supercars Team Manager's Briefing 1700 1900 V8 Supercars 2 hours Welcome BBQ / Drivers Autograph Session Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 5.2 Friday 7 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0820 Pit Walk 20 minutes 10 minutes 0830 0845 Porsche Club 15 minutes Practice 10 minutes 0855 0910 Super GT 15 minutes Practice 10 minutes 0920

0940 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 20 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1045 1055 AC Delco Record attempt 10 minutes 1055 1125 Entertainment Session 30 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 10 minutes 1135 1155 NZ V8 Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 20 minutes 1215 1250 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1300 1320 Porsche GT3 20 minutes Practice 5 minutes 1325 1345 Entertainment Session 20 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 5 minutes 1350 1410 Porsche Club

20 minutes Qualifying 20 minutes 1430 1450 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Lower 50% 5 minutes 1455 1515 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Upper 50% After Qualifying V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1525 1545 Formula Ford 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1555 1625 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1635 1655 Porsche GT3 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1705 1725 NZ V8 Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1735 1750 SuperGT 15 minutes Qualifying

1750 1820 Pit Walk 30 minutes 1800 V8 Supercars Drivers and Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday 8 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0835 Pit Walk 35 minutes 0855 0915 NZ V8 Touring Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 0925 0940 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 10 minutes 0950 1010 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1020 1040 Mini Celebrity

20 minutes Practice / Qualifying 10 minutes 1050 1110 Porsche Club 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1120 1140 SuperGT 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1155 1225 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Shoot Out 10 minutes 1235 1255 Porsche GT3 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1305 1315 Entertainment Session 10 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 1315 1330 VB Challenge 15 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 10 minutes 1340 1400 Formula Ford 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1410 1435 Pre Race Activity 25 minutes 1435 V8 Supercars 50 minutes Race 1

Race End V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1535 1555 Entertainment Session 20 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 10 minutes 1605 1620 Mini Celebrity 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1630 1655 NZ V8 Touring Car 25 minutes Race 1 1655 1725 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meet the Public 1730 1800 Pit Walk 30 minutes Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday 8 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0845

0910 Entertainment Session 25 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 0930 0945 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 10 minutes 0955 1015 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1025 1045 Super GT 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1050 1115 Entertainment Session 25 minutes Incl. Pit Walk 1110 1125 VB Challenge 15 minutes 5 minutes 1130 1150 Porsche Club 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1200 1230 Pre-Race Activity 30 minutes 1230 V8 Supercars 54 Laps Race 2 10 minutes 1350 1415 Formula Ford 25 minutes Race 2

10 minutes 1425 1450 NZ V8 Touring Cars 25 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1500 1525 Porsche GT3 25 minutes Race 2 1525 1535 Rally Car Lap 10 minutes 1535 1600 Pre-Race Activity 25 minutes 1600 V8 Supercars 54 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 20 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference Eric Mallard Secretary of the Meeting Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 – Round 12 PlaceMakers V8 International © AVESCO ATTACHMENT 1

Car Entrant 1 Holden Racing Team 2 Holden Racing Team 3 Lansvale Smash Repairs 4 Stone Brothers Racing 5 Ford Performance Racing 6 Ford Performance Racing 7 Ford Performance Racing 8 Castrol Perkins Racing 9 Stone Brothers Racing 10 Orrcon Racing 11 Castrol Perkins Racing 15 K-Mart Racing Team 16 PWR – Team Brock 17 Dick Johnson Racing 18 Dick Johnson Racing 20 Orrcon Racing 21 Ozemail Racing 021 Team Kiwi Racing 23 INXS Team Ford 29 Sirromet - Life / Style / Wine 31 Steve Ellery Racing

33 Garry Rogers Motorsport 34 Garry Rogers Motorsport 44 Team Dynamik 45 Team Dynamik 50 PWR – Team Brock 51 K-Mart Racing Team 65 Triple Eight Race Engineering 66 Triple Eight Race Engineering 75 Paul Little Racing 99 Thexton Motor Racing 888 Ozemail Racing

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 8 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/1708/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The Meeting will be known as Round 8 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, and will be held at the Oran Park Raceway circuit, on 15 – 17 August 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Oran Park Special Events Pty. Ltd.

Cobbitty Road, Narellan, NSW, 2567 1.3.2 Organiser: Oran Park Special Events Pty. Ltd. Cobbitty Road, Narellan, NSW, 2567 1.3.3 Organising Committee: D. Missingham, J. Curry, K. McClelland, J. Boulous, M. Page 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson and Barry Cockayne. 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager:

Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Jeffrey Boulous 1.3.11 Clerk of Course: Ron Chisholm 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: A. Harkness, D. Miller, M. Rixon (2) Finish: A. Harkness, M. Rixon (3) Pit Lane Speed: A. Baker (4) Noise: M. Rixon (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins & Garry Bailey 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 2.62 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3Track density:

V8 Supercars – 35. 1.4.4Notice Board: Located at the office of the Race Control tower. 1.4.5Stewards’ office: Located on the ground floor of the Control Tower. Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 14 August

2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACE 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be one (1) Race of 111 laps, including two Compulsory Pit Stops. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence.

1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT & PADDOCK 1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit on Thursday August 14 from 0730 to 1730 & on Friday August 15 from 0700 to set up in the paddock area. 1.8.2 Set up of all transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the AOM. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2, which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers.

1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM 1.10.4 AVESCO Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised by the Organisers at this

Meeting. 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM in conjunction with the organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0900 on Friday 15 August at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their

allocation. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1610 and 1640 on Friday 15 August. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING

2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 15 August at the AVESCO Transporter 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 15 August and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1300 on Friday 15 August in the AVESCO Corporate suite located above the Pit Garages.

2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1700 on Saturday 16 August in the AVESCO Corporate suite located above the Pit Garages. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 FRIDAY PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a practice session on Friday 15 August for V8 Supercars conducted between 1400 and 1530. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 38 laps during this session,

with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. 2.3.4 All lap times achieved during this practice session will not be used to determine the qualifying split as detailed in Supplementary Regulation 2.4. 2.3.5 For this session only, the requirements of Rule C15.9.3 will not apply and a Car may use any tyres that have been previously allocated to that Car.

2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4 .1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless

otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the Race. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 2.5.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the

fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.5.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane

via the pit entry lane. 2.5.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session.

2.5.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.5.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT

2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the Race. 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 During the Race there will be two (2) compulsory pit stops for each Car. 2.7.2 At one of these CPSs, each Car must have all four wheels/tyres changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D11.1.4 applies. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.7.3 At the other CPS, each Car must be refuelled. It is strictly forbidden to change any wheels/tyres during this CPS.

2.7.4 Subject to the preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.7.2 and 2.7.3, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. 2.7.5 Each CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: lap number 2 and lap number 80. 2.7.6 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS.

2.7.7 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.7.8 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop at which a Car is refuelled, Rule D 11.9 will apply and must be obeyed.

2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 A maximum of one (1) only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two (2) booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams

“paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted during the Warm Up and Race on Sunday 17 August 2003. At all times during the Warm Up and Race on this day, the requirements of C18.4.4 must be complied with by all Team members in Pit Lane. 2.10 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be

displayed from turn 12.2 (Drivers Right): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.11 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.11.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.11.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that

session. 2.11.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.12 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.12.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction. 2.12.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or

imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.13 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 2.14 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly

entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday 15 August. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.15 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.1.1 Friday 15 August - (Top 5) Immediately following Practice 1. 3.1.2 Saturday 16 August - (Top 5) Immediately following Qualifying. 3.1.3 Sunday 17 August - (Top 3 Overall) Immediately following the Race.

CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 WASHING OF TRUCKS AND OTHER VEHICLES Teams are reminded to use the wash bays near the fuel bowser and near the lake to wash their vehicles, and not the fire hoses behind the pit garages. Teams will need to supply their own hoses and wash gear. 4.2 POWER AND BBQS No power leads are to be placed along the ground unless they are correctly covered and encased to appropriate health and safety guidelines. Barbeques are not to be used in the

paddock area. Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 FRIDAY 15 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Document Check 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Scrutineering 0900 V8 Supercar Tyre selection 0900 0920 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 0925 0950 MGF Trophy 25 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 0955 1010 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Practice 1

5 minutes 1015 1030 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1040 1100 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1105 1130 MGF Trophy 25 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1140 1155 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Practice 2 1200 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 10 minutes 1205 1225 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1235 1255 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 3 1300 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 25 minutes 1320 1345 MGF Trophy 25 minutes Qualifying 1

15 minutes 1400 1530 V8 Supercars 90 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1540 1600 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1610 1640 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1645 1700 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 5.2 Saturday 16 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 MG-F 20 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 0935 1010 V8 Supercar 35 minutes

Practice 2 5 minutes 1015 1030 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 10 minutes 1040 1055 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1105 1130 Historic Touring 25 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1145 1220 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 1230 1241 Aussie Racing Cars 11 minutes Race 1 9 minutes 1250 1310 MG-F 20 minutes Race 1 5 minutes 1315 1330 VB Challenge 15 minutes 5 minutes 1335 1350 Historic Touring 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1405 1425 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying

(Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1430 1450 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) 10 minutes 1500 1511 Aussie Racing Cars 11 minutes Race 2 9 minutes 1520 1535 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1550 1620 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Shoot Out 10 minutes 1630 1645 Historic Touring 15minutes Race 2 1700 V8 Supercar Driver and Competitor Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 17 August Start Finish

Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 5 minutes 0920 0930 Formula Ford 10 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 0940 0951 Aussie Racing Cars 11minutes Race 3 National Anthem 19minutes 1010 1030 V8 Supercar 20 minutes Warm up 10 minutes 1040 1100 MG-F 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1110 1125 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1130 1145 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1150 1204 Aussie Racing Cars 14 minutes Race 4 11 minutes 1215 1230 Historic Touring 15 minutes

Race 3 30 minutes 1300 V8 Supercar 111 laps Race Race end V8 Supercar Presentation 15 minutes After Podium V8 Supercar Media Conference 10 minutes 1550 1605 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1615 1635 MG-F 20 minutes Race 3

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 2 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 802/1404/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series – Round 2, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at the Phillip Island Grand Prix Circuit on 11 - 13 April 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Phillip Island Motor Sports Pty Ltd (ACN 006 435 623) RMB 500GP, Back Beach Road, Cowes, Phillip Island, Vic 3922 Telephone: (03) 5952 2710 / Facsimile: (03) 5952 3160 1.3.2 Organiser: Phillip Island Auto Racing Club Ltd (ACN 004 351 446) 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Fergus Cameron, Christine Cameron, and Peter Nelson 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson and Keith McKay 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director:

Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager:Ray Robins 1.3.10V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Geoff Bull 1.3.12 Clerk of Course Henk Duncan 1.3.13 Asst. Clerk of Course(s): Colin Smith (Operations) Ken Smith (Administration) 1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start:

Henk Duncan, Tony Van den Dungen (2) Finish: Alf Pearce Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO (3) Pit Lane Speed: Ken Benham and Doug Reid (4) Noise: Geoff Helliwell and TBA (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow and Ray Robins 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 4.45 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 35 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located on the ground floor, Northern outside wall of the

Race Control Building. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 10 April 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACE 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules.

1.6.2 There will be 1 Race of 67 laps, including two Compulsory Pit Stops. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 1200 hours until 1900 hours on Thursday 10 April and from 0700 hours on Friday 11 April to set up in the paddock area.

1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the

holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each race car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock Car pass; and Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO 4 x VIP Car passes – 2 x Blue Paddock and 2 x Car Park “A”. 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM in conjunction with Fergus Cameron from Phillip Island.

1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0900 on Friday 11 April at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of such intention. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5

1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1600 and 1630 on Saturday 12 April. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors will be conducted between 0800 and 1200 on Friday 11 April at the AVESCO Transporter 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 11 April and will

be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 16:00 on Friday 11 April in the catering outlet located adjacent to Race Control. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 17:00 on Saturday 12 April in the catering outlet located adjacent to Race Control. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.3 FRIDAY PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a practice session on Friday 11 April for V8 Supercars conducted between 1400 and 1530. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 28 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. 2.3.4 All lap times achieved during this practice session will not be used to determine the

qualifying split as detailed in Supplementary Regulation 2.4. 2.3.5 For this session only, the requirements of Rule C15.9.3 will not apply and a Car may use any tyres that have been previously allocated to that Car. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO 2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4 .1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar

qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in either race for the V8 Supercars; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve

the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the race. 2.5.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.5.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the control (timing) line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of

that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.6 When the Car crosses the control (timing) line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.5.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on

the track at the same time. 2.5.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.5.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence it’s timed lap. 2.5.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding

Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the race. 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT 2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the race.

2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO 2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 During the Race there will be two (2) compulsory pit stops for each Car. 2.7.2 At one of these CPSs, each Car must have all four wheels/tyres changed; the

replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D11.1.4 applies. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.7.3 At the other CPS, each Car must be refueled. It is strictly forbidden to change any wheels/tyres during this CPS. 2.7.4 Subject to the preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.7.2 and 2.7.3, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. 2.7.5 Each CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps

completed by the leading Car: lap number 2 and lap number 48. 2.7.6 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.7.7 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open

the window. 2.7.8 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop at which a Car is refueled, Rule D 11.9 will apply and must be obeyed. 2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 A maximum of one only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the

AOM. 2.8.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted during the Warm Up and Race on Sunday 13 April 2003. At all times during the warm up and race on these days, the requirements of C18.4.4 must be complied with by all team members in Pit Lane.

2.10 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be displayed from the Turn 11 flag point (on driver’s left): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO 2.11 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.11.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of

the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.11.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.11.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.12 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.12.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being

displayed at the flag point for Turn 13. 2.12.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.13 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING

3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 12 April - (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying. 3.1.2 Sunday 13 April - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following the Race. 3.2 AUTOGRAPH SESSION – Venue TBC (Melbourne) 3.1.1 Thursday 10 April 3.1.2 Time - Teams to be advised by Martine Cousins under separate cover 3.1.3 Drivers – Group “A” CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 POST EVENT TRAFFIC PLAN To ensure that traffic congestion is minimised at the conclusion of Sunday’s racing a detailed

traffic plan has been formulated in conjunction with Victorian Police and Vic Roads. To assist with the implementation of this traffic plan all transporters, which normally exit the circuit via Gate 3A (opposite the Turn 9 Hayshed) will be held at the circuit until 1800 hours on Sunday 13 April. Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 FRIDAY 11 APRIL Start Finish Category Duration

Session 0800 1200 V8 Supercar 4 hours Document Checking 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Scrutineering 0900 V8 Supercar Tyre Selection 1000 1020 Kuhmo MGF Trophy 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1030 1050 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1100 1120 Sports Sedans 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1130 1150 Kuhmo MGF Trophy 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1200 1220 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 2 1200 V8 Supercar Organisers’ Meeting 10 minutes 1230 1300 Carrera Cup

30 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1310 1340 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Qualifying 1 20 minutes 1400 1530 V8 Supercar 90 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1540 1600 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 3 1600 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 10 minutes 1610 1635 Kuhmo MGF Trophy 25 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1640 1700 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Meeting Rides Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island © AVESCO 5.2 SATURDAY 12 APRIL Start

Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 5 minutes 0920 0935 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 0950 1025 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1035 1100 Kuhmo MGF Trophy 25 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1115 1130 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 15 minutes 1145 1220 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 3 15 minutes 1235 1305 Carrera Cup 30 Minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1315 1335 VB Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 1345 1405

Kuhmo MGF Trophy 20 Minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1420 1440 V8 Supercars 20 minutes V8 Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1445 1505 V8 Supercars 20 minutes V8 Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying V8 Supercar Media Conference 15 minutes 1520 1540 Carrera Cup 20 Minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1550 1620 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1630 1700 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Qualifying 2 1700 V8 Supercars Drivers Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 2 Phillip Island

© AVESCO 5.3 SUNDAY 13 APRIL Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Safety Car Rides 15 Minutes 10 minutes 0925 0945 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 15 minutes 1000 1020 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1025 1040 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1050 1105 Sports Sedans 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1120 1135 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1150 1220 V8 Supercars 30 Minutes Shoot Out 15 minutes 1235 1255 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 15 minutes 1310

1330 Kuhmo MGF Trophy 20 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1400 V8 Supercars 67 laps Race Race End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1605 1620 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 1635 1650 Sports Sedans 15 minutes Race 2 Geoff Bull Secretary of the Meeting.

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 7 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2007/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The Meeting will be known as Round 7 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, and will be held at the Queensland Raceway on 18 - 20 July 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Willowbank Race Circuit Pty. Ltd.

P.O. Box 100, Amberley, Queensland, 4306 Phone: (07) 5461 9100; Fax: (07) 5461 4306 1.3.2 Organiser: Willowbank Race Circuit Pty. Ltd. P.O. Box 100, Amberley, Queensland, 4306 Phone: (07) 5461 9100; Fax: (07) 5461 4306 1.3.3Organising Committee: John Jones, Margo Jones, John Tetley, Robert Colghan 1.3.4V8 Supercar Stewards: Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson and Keith Morris. 1.3.5V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor

1.3.7V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager: Ray Robins 1.3.10V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Margo Jones 1.3.12 Clerk of Course: John Jones 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Graham Castledine, Bob Wilkinson, Phillip Miller & Susie Lofgren. (2) Finish: Graham Castledine, Bob Wilkinson, Phillip Miller & Susie Lofgren. (3) Pit Lane Speed: Nigel Faull; Jason Hole; Bryon Watts

(4) Noise: Dave Wood Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins, Garry Bailey 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 3.12 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3AVESCO density: V8 Supercars - 35 1.4.4Notice Board: Located outside the office of the Secretary of the Meeting at the base of the Race Control tower. 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located on 1St floor of the Race Control tower.

1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 17 July 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACE 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be one (1) Race of 96 laps, including two Compulsory Pit Stops.

1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.8.1 From 0700 Thursday 17 July - all race transporters, Competitors and Team vehicles are required to enter the Circuit through Champions Way. 1.8.2 To avoid traffic problems all Competitor and Team vehicles will be required to enter

the circuit via Paynes Road (Map attached) as described in supplementary regulation 4.3 TRAFFIC PLAN. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the

Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 1.10.4 At this Meeting AVESCO Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised by the Organisers at this Meeting. Each Team will be provided by AVESCO with the following passes:

1 x Paddock Car pass; and 5 x VIP Car passes 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM in conjunction with the organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0900 on Friday 18 July at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation.

1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1600 and 1630 on Friday 18 July. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on

Friday 18 July at the AVESCO Transporter 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 18 July and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1310 on Friday 18 July in the AVESCO corporate facility located on Corporate Hill. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1715 on Saturday 19 July in the AVESCO corporate facility located on Corporate Hill.

Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 FRIDAY PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a practice session on Friday 18 July for V8 Supercars conducted between 1400 and 1530. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 36 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions

for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 2.3.4 All lap times achieved during this practice session will not be used to determine the qualifying split as detailed in Supplementary Regulation 2.4. 2.3.5 For this session only, the requirements of Rule C15.9.3 will not apply and a Car may use any tyres that have been previously allocated to that Car.

2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4 .1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions

will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the Race. 2.5.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions.

2.5.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.5.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers

must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.5.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence it’s timed lap.

2.5.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT 2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather

conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the Race. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 During the Race there will be two (2) compulsory pit stops for each Car.

2.7.2 At one of these CPSs, each Car must have all four wheels/tyres changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D11.1.4 applies. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.7.3 At the other CPS, each Car must be refuelled. It is strictly forbidden to change any wheels/tyres during this CPS. 2.7.4 Subject to the preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.7.2 and 2.7.3, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS.

2.7.5 Each CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: lap number 2 and lap number 70. 2.7.6 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.7.7 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be

deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.7.8 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop at which a Car is refuelled, Rule D 11.9 will apply and must be obeyed. 2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 A maximum of one (1) only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two (2) booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms

next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted during the Warm Up and Race on Sunday 20 July 2003. At all times during the warm up and Race on this day, the requirements of C18.4.4

must be complied with by all Team members in Pit Lane. 2.10 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 2.5 (located on driver’s left on the back straight): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 2.11 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session:

2.11.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.11.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.11.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session.

2.12 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.12.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction. 2.12.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP.

2.13 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.14 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed it’s radio frequencies from those nominated on it’s yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday July 18. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.15 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ.

CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 DRIVER BREAKFAST – Location at Circuit to be advised by Martine Cousins under separate cover. 3.1.1 Friday 18 July 3.1.2 Time - To be advised by Martine Cousins under separate cover. 3.1.3 Drivers – Group “B” 3.2 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.1.1 Friday 18 July - (Top 5) Immediately following Practice 1. 3.1.2 Saturday 19 July - (Top 5) Immediately following Qualifying. 3.1.3 Sunday 20 July - (Top 3 Overall) Immediately following the Race.

Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PADDOCK AREA No tent pegs or other devices are to be driven into bitumen surfaces. Space in the paddock is very limited and the area of the paddock east from the edge of the grassed area behind the paddock garages is reserved for support teams only 4.2 GARAGES Drilling of holes in any building is forbidden; for the attachment of any signage please use

tape, “Blutack” or brackets provided; and no barbeques are permitted in any garages. 4.3 TRAFFIC PLAN (MAP PROVIDED) 4.3.1 All Competitors and associates are required to use the Paynes Road access and enter the circuit through Gate “4” and follow the internal circuit road to the Paddock and Car Park. All traffic seeking to enter through Champions Way will be directed to the public car parks. 4.3.2 All traffic on the internal circuit road is ONE-WAY, in a clockwise direction.

4.4 ELECTRICAL CABLES Under no circumstances may electrical cables and/or extension cords be run across roadways within the paddock. 4.5 CORPORATE HOSPITALITY Corporate hospitality is not permitted in the Paddock Area. All corporate catering must be arranged through the Promoter. 4.6 ACCOMMODATION Staying overnight in the garages, carports or transporters is not permitted during the period of the meeting. 4.7 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed into the waste oil receptacles provided. LOOK FOR THE SIGNS.

Waste oil is not to be placed into rubbish bins, into drains nor onto the ground anywhere within the circuit. 4.8 MINI BIKES/SCOOTERS The use of unregistered scooters and mini bikes is prohibited within the boundaries of Queensland Raceway. Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 FRIDAY 18 JULY Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Document Check

0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Scrutineering 0830 0845 VB Challenge 15 minutes (No Utes) 0900 V8 Supercar Tyre selection 0900 0920 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0930 0955 MGF 25 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1005 1025 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1035 1050 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1100 1120 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1130 1145 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1155 1220 MGF 25 minutes

Practice 2 1200 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 5 minutes 1225 1245 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1250 1310 Formula Fords 20 minutes Practice 3 1310 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 20 minutes 1330 1345 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1400 1530 V8 Supercars 90 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1540 1555 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1600 1630 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1635 1705 Carrera Cup 30 minutes

Meeting Rides Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 5.2 SATURDAY 19 JULY Start Finish Category Duration Session 0810 0825 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 0835 0900 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 0910 0925 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 5 minutes 0930 0945 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1040 1055 Aussie Racing Cars

15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1105 1130 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 2 5 minutes 1135 1150 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1200 1215 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1230 1305 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 1315 1345 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1350 1405 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1415 1435 MGF 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1445 1500 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 1515 1535 V8 Supercars

20 minutes V8 Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1540 1600 V8 Supercars 20 minutes V8 Qualifying (Upper 50%) 10 minutes 1610 1625 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1630 1635 V8 Supercars 5 minutes Hot Laps 10 minutes 1645 1705 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 1715 V8 Supercars Drivers and Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 5.3 SUNDAY 20 JULY Start Finish Category Duration Session

0820 0830 Formula Ford 10 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 0840 0855 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 0900 0920 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 0930 0945 Safety Car Rides 15 Minutes 15 minutes 1000 1020 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1030 1045 Formula Fords 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1100 1130 V8 Supercars 30 Minutes Shoot Out 15 minutes 1145 1205 MGF 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1215 1230 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1240 1300 Carrera Cup

20 minutes Race 3 30 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars 96 laps Race Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation 5 minutes 1600 1615 Formula Fords 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1625 1640 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 4 5 minutes 1645 1700 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 3 Margo Jones Secretary of the Meeting. Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 4 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2505/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The Meeting will be known as Round 4 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, and will be held at the Winton Motor Raceway on 23 - 25 May 2003. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Winton Motor Raceway Pty. Ltd.

P.O. Box 249, Benalla, Victoria, 3671 Phone: (03) 5766 4235; Facsimile: (03) 5766 4249 1.3.2 Organiser: Winton Motor Raceway Pty. Ltd. P.O. Box 249, Benalla, Victoria, 3671 Phone: (03) 5766 4235; Facsimile: (03) 5766 4249 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Michael Ronke, Bruce Robertson and Heather Wallace. 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson and Keith McKay 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor

1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager:Ray Robins 1.3.10V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Heather Wallace 1.3.12 Clerk of Course Bruce Robertson 1.3.13 Asst. Clerk of Course: James Taylor, Dennis Williams Bill McMurray, Ian Watt. 1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Ian Leech, Bruce Robertson and Ian Craven. (2) Finish: Ian Leech, Ian Craven.

(3) Pit Lane Speed:Ken Benham. Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO (4) Noise: Ken Willmott. (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins, Garry Bailey 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 3.0 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3AVESCO density: V8 Supercars – 35. 1.4.4Control Line: Comprises the start/finish line. 1.4.5Notice Board: Located at the rear of the Race Control Building. 1.5 ENTRIES

1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 22 May 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACE 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be 1 Race of 100 laps, including two Compulsory Pit Stops.

1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 08:00 on Thursday 22 May or on an earlier day with the prior agreement of the Organisers. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule

D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM

1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each race car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock Car pass; and 4 x VIP Car passes – 2 x Blue Paddock and 2 x Car Park “A”. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM in conjunction with the organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0900 on Friday 23 May at the Dunlop facility located in

the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1600 and 1630 on Friday 23 May.

1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 23 May at the AVESCO Transporter 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 23 May and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 13:00 on Friday 23

May in the briefing room in the ground floor of the Race Control Building. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 17:00 on Saturday 24 May in the ground floor of the Race Control Building. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 FRIDAY PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a practice session on Friday 23 May for V8 Supercars conducted

between 1400 and 1530. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 32 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. 2.3.4 All lap times achieved during this practice session will not be used to determine the qualifying split as detailed in Supplementary Regulation 2.4.

2.3.5 For this session only, the requirements of Rule C15.9.3 will not apply and a Car may use any tyres that have been previously allocated to that Car. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO 2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4 .1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in

the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the Race.

2.5.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.5.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must

reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.5.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled

start time of the session. 2.5.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence it’s timed lap. 2.5.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT

2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the Race. 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO 2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 During the Race there will be two (2) compulsory pit stops for each Car. 2.7.2 At one of these CPSs, each Car must have all four wheels/tyres changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D11.1.4 applies. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.7.3 At the other CPS, each Car must be refueled. It is strictly forbidden to change any

wheels/tyres during this CPS. 2.7.4 Subject to the preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.7.2 and 2.7.3, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. 2.7.5 Each CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: lap number 2 and lap number 73. 2.7.6 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS.

2.7.7 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.7.8 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop at which a Car is refueled, Rule D 11.9 will apply and must be obeyed. 2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 A maximum of one only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during

any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.)

2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted during the Warm Up and Race on Sunday 25 May 2003. At all times during the warm up and Race on this day, the requirements of C18.4.4 must be complied with by all Team members in Pit Lane. 2.10 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the control line, the following flag signals will be displayed from the Turn 9 (on driver’s right): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange

Disc. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO 2.11 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.11.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.11.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that

session. 2.11.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.12 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.12.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction. 2.12.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or

imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.13 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.14 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed it’s radio frequencies from those nominated on it’s yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday may 23.

All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.15 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 24 May - (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying. 3.1.2 Sunday 25 May - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following the Race. 3.2 AUTOGRAPH SESSION – Bridge Street, Benalla

3.1.1 Friday 23 May 3.1.2 Time - 1730 - 1830 3.1.3 Drivers – Group “B” CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 MINIBIKES/SCOOTERS The use of unregistered minibikes and scooters is prohibited within the boundaries of the Winton Motor Raceway. 4.2 RACE VEHICLES All competing vehicles must be located in the Paddock Area when not on the race track. Unregistered or unroadworthy vehicles must not be driven in the public areas. Any breaches of this Regulation will be referred to the Stewards who may impose penalties up to exclusion

from the Meeting. 4.3 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed in the waste oil receptacle provided, which is located midway along the back fence of the V8 Supercar Paddock Area. Oil must not be tipped into rubbish bins or onto the ground anywhere. 4.4 MARQUEES Due to contractual arrangements in place at Winton Motor Raceway, teams who require a marquee at this meeting need to contact the circuit to make arrangements for its construction. Hire companies not contracted to the raceway will not be permitted to put up Marquees or

tents or supply hire equipment on the property. Marquees may be erected on the 10 metre wide grassed area behind the service lane of the garages in the paddock area. No pegs are permitted to be driven into the bitumen. 4.5 CORPORATE HOSPITALITY Corporate hospitality is not permitted in the Paddock Area. All corporate catering must be arranged through the Winton Motor Raceway office. 4.6 ACCOMMODATION Staying overnight in any of the garages, carports or transporters is not permitted during the

period of the Meeting. 4.7 TEAM CATERING Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO As of 1st January, 2003 additional Victorian Government Legislation has been enacted regarding preparation of food and catering. All teams contemplating team catering are required to contact Heather Wallace at the Winton Motor Raceway office (03 5766 4235) prior to the event to ensure the compliance with Local Council Ordinance and O. H & S

requirements. 4.8 ENGINE NOISE Racing engines are NOT permitted to be started before 0800 or be started or in operation after 1830 each day of the meeting. Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM FRIDAY 23 MAY Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Document Check 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Scrutineering 0900 V8 Supercar Tyre selection 0910 0925 Aussie Racing Cars

15 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 0930 0955 MGF 25 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1000 1020 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1025 1045 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1055 1125 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1130 1145 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1155 1220 MGF 25 minutes Practice 2 1200 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 5 minutes 1225 1245 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1250 1310 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 2

1300 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 5 minutes 1315 1345 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1400 1530 V8 Supercar 90 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1535 1555 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 3 5 minutes 1600 1630 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1640 1710 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Media Rides Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO SATURDAY 24 MAY Start Finish Category Duration Session 0835 0850

Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 5 minutes 0855 0910 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 0920 0945 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1045 1100 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1110 1140 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1150 1210 Formula 4000 20 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1225 1300 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 1310 1325 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes

1335 1350 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 2 5 minutes 1355 1410 VB Challenge 15 minutes 5 minutes 1415 1430 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1440 1450 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1505 1525 V8 Supercars 20 minutes V8 Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1530 1550 V8 Supercars 20 minutes V8 Qualifying (Upper 50%) 10 minutes 1600 1620 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1630 1645 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1655 1720 MGF

25 minutes Race 1 1700 V8 Supercars Drivers and Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO SUNDAY 25 MAY Start Finish Category Duration Session 0840 0855 Safety Car Rides 15 Minutes 5 minutes 0900 0915 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 0930 0950 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1000 1020 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1025 1040 VB Challenge 15 minutes 5 minutes 1045 1105

Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1120 1150 V8 Supercars 30 Minutes Shoot Out 10 minutes 1200 1215 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1225 1240 MGF 15 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1310 1540 V8 Supercars 100 laps Race 15 minutes 1555 1615 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1625 1640 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1650 1710 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 Heather Wallace Secretary of the Meeting.

Further Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 4 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/2505/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS WINTON RACEWAY 23 – 25 MAY 2003 1. MEDIA CONFERENCES In addition to Supplementary Regulation 3.1 there will be a Media conference conducted immediately after Practice 1 on Friday 23 May. The top 5 Drivers from that session must attend. 2. AUTOGRAPH SESSION Supplementary Regulation 3.2 has been deleted and replaced with the following regulations

containing the correct location: 3.2 AUTOGRAPH SESSION – Carrier Street, Benalla 3.1.1 Friday 23 May 3.1.2 Time - 1730 - 1830 3.1.3 Drivers – Group “B” 3. MEETING SCHEDULE To clarify the times for all V8 Supercar media conferences at this Meeting, Chapter 5 - Meeting Program has been deleted and replaced with the attached schedules: Further Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 FRIDAY 23 MAY Start Finish

Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Document Check 0800 1300 V8 Supercar 5 hours Scrutineering 0900 V8 Supercar Tyre selection 0910 0925 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 0930 0955 MGF 25 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1000 1020 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1025 1045 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1055 1125 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1130 1145 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1155

1220 MGF 25 minutes Practice 2 1200 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 5 minutes 1225 1245 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 1250 1310 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 2 1300 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 5 minutes 1315 1345 Formula 4000 30 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1400 1530 V8 Supercar 90 minutes Practice 1 After Practice V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes 1535 1555 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 3 5 minutes 1600 1630 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides

10 minutes 1640 1710 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Media Rides Further Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO 5.2 SATURDAY 24 MAY Start Finish Category Duration Session 0835 0850 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 5 minutes 0855 0910 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 0920 0945 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1045 1100 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes

1110 1140 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1150 1210 Formula 4000 20 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1225 1300 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 1310 1325 MGF 25 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1335 1350 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 2 5 minutes 1355 1410 VB Challenge 15 minutes 5 minutes 1415 1430 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1440 1450 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1505 1525 V8 Supercars 20 minutes V8 Qualifying

(Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1530 1550 V8 Supercars 20 minutes V8 Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1600 1620 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1630 1645 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1655 1720 MGF 25 minutes Race 1 1700 V8 Supercars Drivers and Competitors Briefing Further Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 4 Winton © AVESCO 5.3 SUNDAY 25 MAY Start Finish Category Duration Session 0840 0855

Safety Car Rides 15 Minutes 5 minutes 0900 0915 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 0930 0950 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1000 1020 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1025 1040 VB Challenge 15 minutes 5 minutes 1045 1105 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1120 1150 V8 Supercars 30 Minutes Shoot Out 10 minutes 1200 1215 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1225 1240 MGF 15 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1310 V8 Supercars 100 laps Race Race

End V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1555 1615 Formula 4000 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1625 1645 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1655 1710 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 3 Heather Wallace Secretary of the Meeting.

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 9 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/1409/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “Betta Electrical Sandown 500”, comprising Round 9 of the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series, and will be held at Sandown International Motor Raceway on 11 – 14 September 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting has Major National status. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF

1.3.1 Promoter: IMG c/- Mr David Bennett, Level 3, 480 St. Kilda Road, Melbourne, Vic, 3004 Phone: (03) 9864 1111, Facsimile: (03) 9864 1112 1.3.2 Organiser: Sandown International Motor Raceway c/- Mr. Jon Davison P.O. Box 123, Kew, Vic., 3101 Phone: (03) 9853 7266, Facsimile: (03) 9853 7697 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Jon Davison, Prue Mietus, Jose Duncan, Wayne Giles and David Bennett. 1.3.4V8 Supercar Stewards Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson and Keith McKay. 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director:

Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Wayne Giles 1.3.11 Clerk of Course Jose Duncan 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Alf Pearce, David Bellenger (2) Finish: Alf Pearce, David Bellenger (3) Pit Lane Speed: TBA in a Bulletin (4) Noise: TBA in a Bulletin (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow,

Ray Robins & Garry Bailey Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 3.1 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3AVESCO density: V8 Supercars – 35 1.4.4Notice Board: Located in the pedestrian walkway beside the Paddock Office. 1.4.5Stewards Office: In the paddock immediately behind Race Control. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the

Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Wednesday 10 September 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACE 1.6.1The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2There will be one Race of 161 laps, and the chequered flag will be shown to the leading Car as it crosses the Control line at the end of its 161st lap or the first time it

crosses the Control line after 1645, whichever comes first. 1.6.3Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Entrants Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT & PADDOCK Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit on Wednesday 10 September from 1200 to 1700. Support Categories will have access from 0800 Thursday 11 September.

1.9 PIT GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2, which will be administered by the AOM in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the

holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM 1.10.4 AVESCO Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised by the Organisers at this Meeting. 1.11 TEAM PARKING Will be advised to teams by the AOM in conjunction with the organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO Control tyre selection will take place at 1000 on Thursday 11 September at the Dunlop

facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1520 and 1550 on Friday 12

September. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors that need to change or add any details contained in their 2003 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 11 September at the AVESCO Transporter 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 11

September and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 Thursday 11 September in the Vintage Room, located on the first floor of the northern end of the grandstand. Entry is via the green walkway at the rear. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1700 on Saturday 13 September in the Vintage Room located on the first floor of the northern end of the

grandstand. Entry is via the green walkway at the rear. 2.2.3 A refuelling safety briefing will be conducted at 1600 on Saturday 13 September in the Vintage Room located on the first floor of the northern end of the grandstand. Entry is via the green walkway at the rear. The following Team personnel must attend: The refuelling hose operator; The fire extinguisher operator. Please Note: All Team personnel who attend this briefing may not be required to attend refuelling safety briefings at subsequent events.

Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.3.2 Both drivers designated to form a Car’s final driving crew must, in a practice or qualifying session, have achieved a best lap time no more than 107% of the

fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 2.3.3 Any driver whose best lap time exceeds the qualifying time cut-off as detailed in 2.3.2, will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.3.4 Any Team seeking to vary the nominated drivers making up their final driving crew for the Race must advise the Secretary of the Meeting in writing no later than 1200

(noon) on Saturday 13 September; and the variation sought must subsequently be approved by the Stewards. 2.4 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.4.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.4.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying

sessions. 2.4.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the Race. 2.4.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.4.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be

shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.4.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.4.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the

appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.4.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.4.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence it’s timed lap. 2.4.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session.

2.4.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.5 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT 2.5.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the Race. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane

Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 2.6 RACE GRID POSITIONS Subject to Rule D 5.5, the grid position for each Car will be determined by the fastest time recorded for that Car, when driven by one of the drivers designated to form that car’s final

driving crew, in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session or the “Shootout”, whichever is applicable. 2.7 PIT STOPS 2.7.1 The Betta Electrical Sandown 500 is an endurance Race and Rule D 11.2.1.2 (permitting a maximum of eight people across the prescribed line to work on the car) will apply. 2.7.2 Competitors are permitted to undertake any number of Discretionary Pit Stops during which refuelling is permitted, subject to Rule D 11.6. 2.7.3 Driver changes are permitted but, pursuant to Rule D 3.4, no one driver is

permitted to exceed a total of 107 laps. 2.8 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (CPS’s) 2.8.1 During the Race there will be two (2) compulsory pit stops (CPSs) for each Car which must conform to the requirements of 2.8.8 and 2.8.10 as appropriate. 2.8.2 At one of these CPSs, the Car must be refuelled and have the front brake pads changed. 2.8.3 At the other CPS, the Car must be refuelled. 2.8.4 In addition to the requirements of 2.8.2 and 2.8.3 above, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS.

2.8.5 Each CPS must be commenced within the appropriate ‘window’ as detailed below. 2.8.6 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the pit lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.8.7 After each CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the pit lane access road to commence the relevant CPS.

The leading car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.8.8 Refuelling CPS 2.8.8.1 Both refuelling CPSs must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: lap 2 and 120. 2.8.8.2 Refuelling CPSs must only be undertaken during the Race and must not be undertaken during any red flag period. 2.8.9 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop during which the Car is refuelled,

Rule D 11.9 will apply and must be obeyed. 2.8.10 Brake Pad Change CPS 2.8.10.1 The brake pad change CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading car: lap 48 and lap 120. 2.8.10.2 All four front brake pads must be removed and replaced with other pads. 2.8.10.3 Brake calliper pistons must be retracted by manual hand-held tools only. 2.8.10.4 Only front callipers which conform to the Rules are permitted, and the total replacement of the calliper/pad assembly by using a quick release

brake line coupling is not permitted. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 2.8.10.5 Each Competitor must notify their allocated pit lane observer in advance that the CPS is going to take place. 2.8.10.6 This CPS must only be undertaken during the Race and must not be undertaken during any red flag period. 2.9 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted on Sunday 14 September during the warm

up session and the Race. At all times during this session and Race, the requirements of C18.4.4 must be complied with by all Team members in Pit Lane. 2.10 DRIVER IDENTIFICATION & DRIVING TIME 2.10.1 No one driver may exceed the maximum driving time set out in Rule D 3.4. 2.10.2 All drivers must comply with the identification requirements in Rule D 3.5. 2.11 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flags shown at the Control Line, the following flags will be displayed at the

flag point on driver’s left after the PBR Bridge: Black flag and Black flag with Orange disc. 2.12 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.12.1 A maximum of one (1) only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two (2) booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.12.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of

the AOM. 2.12.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.13 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.13.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.13.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the

fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.13.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the session and loss of all times recorded in that session. 2.14 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.14.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Boards are being displayed at a flag point located immediately before the start of the Pit Lane access road, the exact location of which will be detailed in a further instruction.

2.14.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 2.15 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

2.16 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed it’s radio frequencies from those nominated on it’s yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 11 September. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule C17.1 2.17 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be 489.7 MHZ. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 AUTOGRAPH SESSION – Federation Square 3.1.1 Thursday 11 September 3.1.2 1130 - 1230 3.1.3 Driver Group “B” 3.2 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre

3.2.1 Friday 12 August - (Top 5) Immediately following Practice 2. 3.2.2 Saturday 13 August - (Top 5) Immediately following Shoot Out. 3.2.3 Sunday 14 August - (Top 3 Overall) Immediately following the Race. 3.3 CHANNEL 10 CO-DRIVER PHOTOS – Held in the circuit Media Centre 3.3.1 Drivers - All drivers competing at their first VCS Meeting for 2004 3.3.2 Attire – Race Suit and Helmet 3.3.3 Time – 1530 – 1600 Thursday 11 September; and 1530 – 1600 Friday 12 September. Supplementary Regulations

Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 ACCESS TO AND USE OF THE PROPERTY 4.1.1. Children in any restricted areas including the paddock must be under the direct supervision of an adult. The Promoters reserve the right to have any offenders removed. 4.1.2. Under no circumstances are stakes to be driven into the bitumen surface. Further, the provision of tie down drums is the Competitor’s responsibility.

4.2 GARAGE POWER SUPPLY All Teams using garages are advised that no electrical leads are to extend from the rear of the garages to the transporters. The Organisers have fitted a bank of 240-volt power points to supply the transporters along the rear of the retaining wall at the rear of the garages, but Teams must supply their own extension cords. 4.3 SECURITY A security officer will be located in the paddock office each night from 1700 to 0700 Wednesday night to Monday morning inclusive. Teams wishing to work during the night

are welcome to do so, however the Sandown Road gate will be closed at approximately 2100. In regard to entry or exit after this time, please contact the security guard on 0409 508 808. 4.4 OPERATING HOURS All Competitors are reminded that no engines may be started before 0815; this is a stipulation of the City of Greater Dandenong permit. 4.5 TRUCK WASHING Transporters are not permitted to be washed in the Paddock area. Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500

© AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Thursday 11 September Start Finish Session Format Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1500 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 5.2 Friday 12 September Start Finish Session Format Session 0840 0900 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes 0910 0930 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes

0940 1005 Formula Ford 25 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1015 1045 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1100 1145 V8 Supercars 45 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1155 1225 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1235 1255 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1305 1330 Historic Touring Cars 25 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1345 1430 V8 Supercars 45 minutes Practice 2 After Practice V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1440 1510 Formula Ford 30 minutes

Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1520 1550 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1600 1630 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1640 1710 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Qualifying 1 Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday 13 September Start Finish Session Format Session 0900 0915 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 1 5 minutes 0920 0935 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 10 minutes 0945

1030 V8 Supercars 45 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 1040 1110 Sports Sedans 30 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1120 1135 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 5 minutes 1140 1155 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1205 1225 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1240 1300 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Lower 50% 5 minutes 1305 1325 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Upper 50% 10 minutes 1335 1350 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1400 1415 Historic Touring Cars

15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 1430 1445 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1500 1530 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Top 10 Shoot Out After Shoot Out V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1540 1600 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 1600 V8 Supercars Refuelling safety briefing 15 minutes 1615 1630 Sports Sedans 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1640 1655 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1700 V8 Supercars Driver and Competitor Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500

© AVESCO 5.4 Sunday 14 September Start Finish Session Format Session 0845 0900 Sports Sedans 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 0915 0930 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 0935 0950 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 5 minutes 0955 1015 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1025 1045 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1055 1110 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 1115 1120 Ford Cobra Parade 5 minutes 1120 1135 VB Challenge 15 minutes 1135 1143 Easternats Burnouts

8 minutes Demonstration 7 minutes 1150 1205 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 1210 1225 Holden Stormriders 15 minutes Demonstration 5 minutes 1230 V8 Supercars Pit lane open 1245 V8 Supercars Pit lane closed 1300 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 161 laps Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference Wayne Giles Secretary of the Meeting

Further Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 9 Betta Electrical Sandown 500 © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 9 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/1409/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS 1. DRIVER IDENTIFICATION & DRIVING TIME Supplementary Regulation 2.10 is deleted and replaced with the following: 2.10 DRIVER IDENTIFICATION & DRIVING TIME 2.10.1 No one driver may exceed the maximum driving time set out in Rule D 3.3. 2.10.2 All drivers must comply with the identification requirements in Rule D 3.4.

2. CHANNEL 10 DRIVER PHOTOS Supplementary Regulation 3.3 is deleted and replaced with the following: 3.3 CHANNEL 10 DRIVER PAIRING PHOTOS – Held in the circuit Media Centre 3.3.1 Drivers - All drivers with co-drivers 3.3.2 Attire – Race Suit and Helmet 3.3.3 Time – 1530 – 1600 Thursday 11 September; and 1530 – 1600 Friday 12 September. Wayne Giles Secretary of the Meeting

Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 3 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 803/0405/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2003 V8 Supercar Championship Series – Round 3, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at Eastern Creek International Raceway, NSW, on 2 - 4 May 2003.

1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1Promoter: Australian Racing Drivers’ Club P.O. Box 6747, Blacktown Delivery Centre, NSW, 2148 Telephone: (02) 9672 1000 Facsimile: (02) 9672 0208 1.3.2Organiser: Australian Racing Drivers’ Club P.O. Box 6747, Blacktown Delivery Centre, NSW, 2148 Telephone: (02) 9672 1000 Facsimile: (02) 9672 0208 1.3.3Organising Committee: B Goulding, G Arnold, S Preece & S Redfern 1.3.4V8 Supercar Stewards Garth Wigston (Chief), Peter Svensson & Steve O’Connor

1.3.5V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6V8 Supercar Category Technical Manager: Paul Taylor 1.3.7V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Assistant Operations Manager:Ray Robins 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Martine Cousins 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: B. Goulding 1.3.12 Clerk of Course Steve Preece 1.3.13 Asst. Clerk of Course(s): S. Grevett (Judicial) M. Hancock (Trackside) 1.3.14 Judges of Fact:

(1) Start: S. Williams, M. Hancock & D. Miller (2) Finish: P. Coogan, S. Williams & M. Hancock (3) Pit Lane Speed: A. Baker Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO (4) Noise: G. Robson (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vin Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steve Brow, Ray Robins, Garry Bailey 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1Track Length: 3.93 Kilometres 1.4.2Direction: Anti-clockwise 1.4.3AVESCO Permitted Track density: V8 Supercars – 35 1.5 ENTRIES

1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2003 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 1 May 2003, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACE 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be 1 Race of 77 laps, including two Compulsory Pit Stops.

1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS C4 Competition Licence (Driver) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit via gates 7 and 7b from 0700 on Thursday 1 May to set up in the paddock area. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule

D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2003 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM.

1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each race Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock car pass; and 4 x VIP car passes. Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 08:00 on Friday 2 May at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area.

1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give AVESCO’s Media Manager, Martine Cousins, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of such intention. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1540 and 1610 on Friday 2 May. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as

defined in Rule E 1.7). 1.14 OFFICIAL NOTICE BOARD Located at the Race Secretary's office on the outside of the western wall. CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors will be conducted between 0800 and 1330 on Friday 2 May at the AVESCO Transporter. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1330 on Friday 2 May and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS

2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 12:30 on Friday 2 May at the Horsley Centre located at the Control Tower end of the Pit Lane Corporate Suites. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 17:30 on Saturday 3 May at the garden workshop building located at the rear of the Paddock area. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3 .1 Qualifying will be split into two sections, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.3.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 2.4 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT

2.4.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.4.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.4.3 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the Race. 2.4.4 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the

fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.4.5 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.6 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit

entry lane. 2.4.7 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.4.8 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.4.9 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session.

2.4.10 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence it’s timed lap. 2.4.11 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.4.12 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.5 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT

2.5.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTM and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the Race. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.6 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.6.1 During the Race there will be two (2) compulsory pit stops for each Car. 2.6.2 At one of these CPSs, each Car must have all four wheels/tyres changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D11.1.4 applies. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.6.3 At the other CPS, each Car must be refueled. It is strictly forbidden to change any wheels/tyres during this CPS.

Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 2.6.5 Subject to the preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.6.2 and 2.6.3, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. 2.6.6 Each CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: lap number 2 and lap number 55. 2.6.7 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of

Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.6.8 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.6.9 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop at which a Car is refueled, Rule D 11.9 will apply and must be obeyed. 2.7 PIT BAY BOOMS

2.7.1 A maximum of one only Pit bay boom is permitted for any multiple-Car Team during any Race. Three-Car Teams will be permitted to use two booms at any other time, subject to the approval of the AOM. 2.7.2 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.7.3 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars

“paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.8 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS The use of refuelling towers is only permitted during the Warm Up and Race on Sunday 4 May 2003. At all times during the warm up and Race on this day, the requirements of C18.4.4 must be complied with by all team members in Pit Lane. 2.9 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 9.3 (on driver’s left): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange

Disc. 2.10 KERB INFRINGMENTS During any Practice or Qualifying Session: 2.10.1 First reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest lap time recorded up to and including the lap on which the breach occurred, in that session. 2.10.2 Second reported breach – Black flag and drive through penalty plus loss of the fastest and second fastest times recorded at any time during that session. 2.10.3 Third reported breach – Black flag and Car held in Pit lane for the balance of the

session and loss of all times recorded in that session. Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 2.11 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.11.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed at the flag point to be advised in further instructions. 2.11.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of

Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.13 PODIUM PRESENTATION No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 3 May - (top 5) Immediately following Shootout. 3.1.2 Sunday 4 May - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following the Race. 3.2 AUTOGRAPH SESSION – Venue To be advised by Martine Cousins under separate

instructions. 3.1.1 Thursday 1 May 3.1.2 Time - To be advised by Martine Cousins under separate instructions 3.1.3 Drivers – Group "B” CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 END OF PRACTICE, QUALIFYING & RACES 4.1.1 At the conclusion of each practice and qualifying session and at the end of each Race, (indicated by the chequered flag at the start/finish line on the main straight) drivers must continue around the circuit and use the pit entry lane to return to their pit

garages, subject to directions from officials. 4.1.2 Any driver whose Car enters the paddock area through the back gate during any Race will be excluded from that Race. 4.2 TRUCK WASHING A new truck washing bay is located on the paddock entrance road just after the tunnel near the medical centre. For environmental reasons it is not possible to wash trucks in the paddock area. Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO

CHAPTER 5 SCHEDULE 5.1 Thursday Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 Konica V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1600 Konica V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1500 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 Konica V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 5.2 Friday 0800 1330 V8 Supercars 5hr 30 min Document Check 0800 V8 Supercars

Tyre Selection 0800 1330 V8 Supercars 5hr 30 min Scrutineering 0900 0920 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 0935 1010 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1020 1040 MGF 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1050 1120 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1135 1210 Konica V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1220 1240 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 2 1230 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 10 minutes 1250 1310 MGF 20 minutes Practice 2

15 minutes 1325 1345 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1350 1410 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 After Qualifying Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference 20 minutes 1430 1505 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1515 1530 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1540 1610 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1615 1630 Aussie Racing Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1640 1700 MGF 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1705

1735 Konica V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 1800 Konica V8 Supercars Drivers & Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0930 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 0945 1005 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 10 minutes 1015 1030 Safety Car 15 minutes Rides 10 minutes 1040 1115 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes

1125 1140 Formula Ford 15 minutes Qualifying 2 30 minutes 1210 1230 Konica V8 Supercars 12 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1240 1255 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1305 1325 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1335 1345 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1400 1420 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1425 1445 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1555 1515 MGF 20 minutes Qualifying 2 30 minutes 1545 1605 Konica V8 Supercars 12 laps Race 2 20 minutes

1625 1655 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Shoot Out After Shoot Out V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1705 1715 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 2 1730 V8 Supercars Drivers & Competitors Briefing Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2003 - Round 3 Eastern Creek © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday Start Finish Category Duration Session 0845 0855 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 3 15 minutes 0910 0930 Konica V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 5 minutes 0935 0950 Safety Car

15 minutes Rides 10 minutes 1000 1020 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 5 minutes 1025 1040 MGF 15 minutes Race 1 30 minutes 1110 Konica V8 Supercars 22 laps Race 3 Race End Konica V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium Konica V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1155 1215 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1220 1235 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1245 1300 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 1 30 minutes 1330 V8 Supercars 77 Laps Race Race End V8 Supercars Podium

Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1545 1555 Aussie Racing Cars 10 minutes Race 4 10 minutes 1605 1625 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1635 1650 MGF 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1700 1715 Formula Ford 15 minutes Race 2 B Goulding Secretary of the Meeting